Standard SCM Series Cylinders Overview

Standard
SCM
Round shaped cylinder
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40/
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100 SCG
Overview SCA2
Medium bore size (φ20 to φ100)
SCS2
series of general purpose
cylinders that have a slim body
CKV2
and a wide variety of bore sizes
and variations. The series is the CAV2/
smallest in the standard cylinders. COVP/N2
Features SSD2
Slim body SSG

Simple and functional design
Easy cushion needle SSD
adjustment
CAT
A knob has been attached to
the cushion needle for easy
MDC2
adjustment.
Easy mounting MVC
Better workability has been
CONTENTS
enabled by mounting with four
SMG
bolts using a general tool.
Series variation 214
Selectable switch mounting style MSD/
Variation and option combination selection table 216 MSDG
Band method Double acting/single rod (SCM) 218 FC*
· Switch mounting position is clear at a glance Single acting/push (SCM-X) 240
Thanks to the marking on the switch rail for mounting it at Single acting/pull (SCM-Y) 246 STK
the max. sensitivity position, the time for position setting Double acting/stroke adjustable/push (SCM-P) 252
of switch during maintenance can be reduced significantly. SRL3
(Limited to detection of stroke end. Excluding 2-color Double acting/stroke adjustable/pull (SCM-R) 258
display and strong magnetic field proof) Double acting/heat resistant (SCM-T) 264
SRG3
Capable of fine adjustment up to Double acting/position locking (SCM-Q) 268
6 mm in the direction of the
stroke for the band & rail method. Double acting/fine speed (SCM-F) 278 SRM3
Marking of switch
mounting position Double acting/low speed (SCM-O) 282
Double acting/low friction (SCM-U) 286 SRT3
· Capable of free rotation of switch Double acting/double rod (SCM-D) 292
Just by loosening the fixing screw, the switch MRL2
rail can be rotated freely to the circumference Double acting/back to back (SCM-B) 300
direction without changing the position of the Double acting/two-stage (SCM-W) 306 MRG2
band fixing section. Thus, mounting switches
Double acting/tandem (SCM-W4) 312
and adjusting positions on site will be easy.
Double acting/rotation-stop (SCM-M) 318 SM‑25
· Fixing screw fallout prevention
Double acting/direct mounting foot (SCM-LD) 324
The rubber for preventing slip is attached ShkAbs
inside the band. SCM Series common accessory dimensions 238
The screws will not fall out even if loosened.
Safety precautions 330 FJ
Fixed rail
FK
· Rail with integrated switch Spd
A miniature switch has been encased in Contr
the switch rail. A lead wire can also be
stored in the same rail. Moving and Ending
mounting the cylinder switch can be
completed by simply adjusting the screw.
213
Series Round shaped cylinder
SCP*3
variation SCM Series
CMK2
CMA2
Custom stroke length (per mm)

SCM
Max. stroke length (mm)

Min. stroke length (mm)
SCG
Variation Model No. Bore size Standard stroke length (mm)
SCA2
SCS2
JIS symbol (mm)
Basic
CKV2
CAV2/ 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 00
COVP/N2 SCM φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●
Double acting/
SSD2 single rod φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 1500 1 ●
φ80/φ100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1500 ●
SSG
Single acting/push SCM-X φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 5 200 1 ●
SSD Single acting/pull SCM-Y φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 5 200 1 ●
Double acting/stroke SCM-P φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
CAT 10 1
adjustable (push) φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
MDC2 Double acting/stroke SCM-R φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●

10 1
adjustable (pull) φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1500 ●
MVC
SCM-T φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●
Double acting/
SMG heat resistant φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 1500 1 ●
φ80/φ100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1500 ●
MSD/
MSDG SCM-Q φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●
Double acting/
FC* φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 1500 1 ●
position locking
φ80/φ100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1500 ●
STK
Double acting/fine speed SCM-F φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 5 500 1 ●
SRL3 SCM-O φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●

Double acting/
φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 1500 1 ●
SRG3 low speed
φ80/φ100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1500 ●
SRM3 SCM-U φ20/φ25/φ32 1000 ●

Double acting/
φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 1500 1 ●
SRT3 low friction φ80/φ100 1500 ●
MRL2 SCM-D φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●

Double acting/
φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 600 1 ●
MRG2 double rod φ80/φ100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
SM‑25 Double acting/ SCM-B φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 500 ●

10 1
back to back φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 750 ●
ShkAbs φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
Double acting/ SCM-W
10 1
FJ two-stage (Display code) φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
Double acting/ SCM-W4 φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
FK 10 1
tandem (Display code) φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
Spd Double acting/ SCM-M φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
Contr 10 1
rotation-stop φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●
Ending Double acting/direct mounting foot SCM-LD φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40/φ50/φ63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 300 1
214
SCM Series
Series variation
SCP*3
●: Standard, ◎: Option, ○: Custom order, : Not available CMK2

Mounting Cushion Option Accessory
CMA2
Switch rail attached at shipment

With two-sided rubber cushion
Piston rod material change

With two-sided air cushion
SCM
Copper and PTFE free

Head side air cushion
Rod side air cushion
Head side trunnion
SCG
Rod side trunnion
Head side flange
Bellows (100°C)
Bellows (250°C)
Rod side flange
Bellows (60°C)
Clevis bracket
Clevis bracket
SCA2
Eye bracket
Eye bracket
Rod clevis
Axial foot
Rod eye
SCS2
Switch
CKV2
Page
LB FA FB CA CB TA TB B R H D J K L Q M P6 I Y B1 B2 CAV2/
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ COVP/N2
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 218 SSD2
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
SSG
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 240
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 246 SSD
● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
◎ 252 CAT
● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ MDC2
◎ 258
● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
MVC
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 264 SMG
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○
MSD/
● ● ● ● ● *1 ● *2 ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ MSDG
● ● ● ● ● *1 ● *2 ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 268 FC*
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ○
STK
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 278
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ SRL3
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 282
SRG3
● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ SRM3
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 286
SRT3
● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ MRL2
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 292
● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
MRG2
● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ SM‑25
◎ 300
● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
ShkAbs
◎ 306
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ FJ
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
◎ 312 FK
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Spd
◎ 318 Contr
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
● ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ 324 Ending
*1: “TA” head side trunnion is not available for the head-side position locking.
*2: “TB” rod side trunnion is not available for the rod-side position locking. 215
SCM Series
SCP*3
Variation and option combination selection table
◎: Option
CMK2 ○: Available (custom order product)
△: Available depending on conditions (Contact CKD.)
CMA2 ×: Not available
SCM Category Variation Port thread Option
Piston rod material stainless steel
Clean-room specifications (exhaust port)
Switch rail attached at shipment

Clean-room specifications (vacuum treatment)
Nylon tarpaulin with bellows
Silicone rubber with bellows
Specify piston rod end form

SCG
Double acting double rod
Heat resistance (120°C)

Stroke adjustable push
Neoprene with bellows
Copper and PTFE free

Stroke adjustable pull
SCA2
Category
Double acting basic

Single acting push
Single acting pull
With air cushion
Position locking
SCS2
Rotation-stop
Back to back
Low friction
Low speed
Two-stage
CKV2
Tandem
NPT
CAV2/
G
COVP/N2
None X Y D B W W4 P R M B, R, H T O Q U N G J K L M N* P6P7P71 Q
SSD2 Double acting basic Blank ◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎◎◎◎
Single acting push X ××○×××○△×△××× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
SSG Single acting pull Y ×○××××△×△××× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
Double acting double rod D × × × × × *2 ○ ○ × ○ × ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎○○◎
SSD Back to back B ××××△△○○×× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎○○◎
Two-stage W ×××○×○××× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎△△◎
CAT Tandem W4 ××○××××× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎△△◎
Variation
Stroke adjustable push P ×○×△××× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎

MDC2 Stroke adjustable pull R ○×△○△× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
Rotation-stop M △××△× ○○ ◎◎◎△○×××◎
MVC With air cushion B, R, H *4 × ◎ × *1 *1 ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
Heat resistant (120°C) T ××× ○○ ××◎◎○×××
SMG Low speed O △× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○×××◎
Position locking Q × *3 *3 ◎△△◎○○◎◎◎
MSD/
Low friction U ○○ ×××◎○×××◎
MSDG
FC* NPT N ○○○○○○○○○

Port thread
G G ○○○○○○○○○
STK
Nylon tarpaulin with bellows J ××○○ ○ × × ○
SRL3 Neoprene with bellows K ×○○ ○ × × ○
Silicone rubber with bellows L ○○ ○ × × ○
SRG3 Piston rod material stainless steel M ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Option
Specify piston rod end form N* ○ ○ ○ ○

SRM3 Copper and PTFE free P6 × × ○
Clean-room specifications (exhaust port) P7 ○
SRT3 Clean-room specifications (vacuum treatment) P71 ○
Switch rail attached at shipment Q
MRL2
Cylinder switch Listed separately ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ × ◎ ◎ ◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎○○◎
Accessory
MRG2 Rod eye I ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎

Rod clevis Y ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
SM‑25 Eye bracket *5 B1 ◎××××××××××◎◎◎◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
Clevis bracket *6 B2 ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎
ShkAbs *1: φ20/φ25 are not available for the type with air cushion.
*2: Rotation-stop is only on one side.
*3: φ20/φ25 are not available.
FJ *4: φ20 to φ32 are not available.
*5: φ80/φ100 only
FK *6: φ20 to φ63 only
Spd
Contr
Ending
216
SCM Series
Variation and option combination selection table
[Example of model No.] SCP*3
SCM P M LB 40 B 50 T2H D CMK2
Model No. CMA2

A Mounting C Port E Stroke G Switch I Accessory
thread length quantity
SCM
Variation B Bore D Cushion F Switch H Option
* ‌List in order from size model No. SCG
left to right in the
left table. SCA2
Model No.: Round shaped cylinder
SCS2
● Variation: Adjustable stroke (push-out)/rotation-stop
●
A Mounting : Axial foot CKV2
●
B Bore size : φ40 mm
●
C Port thread : Rc thread CAV2/
COVP/N2
●
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion
●
E Stroke length : 50 mm SSD2
●
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m
●
G Switch quantity : 2 SSG
●
H Option : None
●
I Accessory : None SSD
*1: The back to back includes two cylinders. Specify the model No. as below when ordering variation.
For S1 variations only, insert the variation code before the stroke length of S1. CAT
(Example) SCM-B-32-O25-50: Only S1 is the low speed.
For S2 variations only, insert the variation code before the stroke length of S2.
MDC2
(Example) SCM-B-32-25-O50: Only S2 is the low speed.
When ordering the same variation for S1 and S2, insert the variation code before the tube bore size.
(Example) SCM-BO-32-25-50: Both S1 and S2 are the low speed. MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
217
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/single rod
SCM Series
SCP*3 ● Bore size: φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40/
CMK2
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM
Bore size mm φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100
Actuation Double acting
SCA2
Working fluid Compressed air
Max. working pressureMPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
SCS2 Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar) 0.05 (≈7.3 psi, 0.5 bar)
Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CKV2 Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
With rubber cushion Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
CAV2/ Port size
With air cushion M5 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
COVP/N2
With rubber +1.4 +1.4 +2.3 +2.7
( to 1000) ( to 1500) ( to 1000), ( to 1500)
Stroke tolerance cushion 0 0 0 0
SSD2
mm With air +1.4 +1.4 +1.4 +1.8
( to 1000) ( to 1500) ( to 1000), ( to 1500) *1: ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for
cushion 0 0 0 0
SSG “No cushion” are the allowable absorbed
Working piston speed mm/s 30 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
energy on the non-specified side when an air
Cushion Either rubber cushion or air cushion can be selected. cushion is selected for the other side (“R”→
SSD Effective air cushion length mm 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 13.4 13.4 15.4 15.4 Head side, “H”→ Rod side).
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication) *2: ‌Without any cushion, this product cannot
CAT Allowable With rubber cushion 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8 absorb large energy generated by an external
load. Provide a shock absorber on the
absorbed With air cushion 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.7 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
outside.
MDC2 energy J Without cushion - - - - 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
Stroke length
MVC Bore size (mm) Standard stroke length (mm) Max. stroke length (mm) Min. stroke length (mm)
φ 20
SMG φ 25 1000
φ 32
MSD/ φ 40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125,
MSDG φ 50 150, 200, 250, 300
10
φ 63 1500
FC*
φ 80
φ100 *1: The custom stroke length is available in 1 mm increments.
STK
Number of installed switches and min. stroke length (mm)
SRL3 ● Switch mounting method: Rail
Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRG3 Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
Bore size (mm) Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3 φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 φ100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
*1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke length is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch
rail mounting position is different. Refer to page 329 for mounting position.
SM‑25
● Switch mounting: Band
ShkAbs Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
Bore size (mm) Reed T0, T5 Reed T0, T5 Reed T0, T5 Reed T0, T5 Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
FJ φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending
φ100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
218
SCM Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
● 1-color/2-color display
Proximity 2-wire Proximity 2-wire Proximity 3-wire Reed 2-wire Proximity 2-wire CMK2
Descriptions T1H/ T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/T3PV T3YH/ T3WH/
T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V T2YD
T1V T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V (custom) T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable Dedicated for
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VDC ±10%
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*2) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA SCA2
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green Red/green
Indicator LED Without LED SCS2
(Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED
lamp (Lit when ON) indicator lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON) (Lit when ON)
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or
CKV2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 1 for other switch specifications. SSG
*2 : The
‌ above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*3 : ‌The T0/T5 switch can also be used with 220 VAC. Contact CKD about working conditions. SSD
*4 : ‌Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD) cannot be used in DC magnetic field.
*5 : ‌Dimensions depend on switch model No. Refer to Ending Page 18 for details.
CAT
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight MDC2
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (Withswitch rail) per switch
φ 20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.01 0.012 0.007
MVC
φ 25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 0.016 0.007
SMG
φ 32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 Refer to the 0.018 0.02 0.007
φ 40 0.41 0.63 0.49 0.64 0.46 weight in the 0.03 0.032 0.007 MSD/
φ 50 0.77 1.25 1.11 1.17 0.91 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008 MSDG
φ 63 1.07 1.79 1.57 1.75 1.21 specifications. 0.052 0.054 0.009 FC*
φ 80 2.04 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 0.07 0.072 0.010
φ100 3.17 4.92 4.52 4.45 - 0.098 0.10 0.010 STK
Product weight when S = 0 mm.....................0.63 kg
SRL3
Additional weight when S = 100 mm.............0.032 x 100 10
= 0.32 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-LB-40B-100-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches......................................0.018 × 2 = 0.036 kg
SRG3
Product weight.......................................................... 0.63 + 0.32 + 0.036 = 0.986 kg
SRM3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa SRT3
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102 MRL2
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102 MRG2
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102 SM‑25
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103 ShkAbs
φ40
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103 FJ
φ50
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
φ63
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103 FK
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
Push 5.03×102 7.54×102 1.01×103 1.51×103 2.01×103 2.51×103 3.02×103 3.52×103 4.02×103 4.52×103 5.03×103 Spd
φ80
Pull 4.54×102 6.80×102 9.07×102 1.36×103 1.81×103 2.27×103 2.72×103 3.17×103 3.63×103 4.08×103 4.54×103
Contr
Push 7.85×102 1.18×103 1.57×103 2.36×103 3.14×103 3.93×103 4.71×103 5.50×103 6.28×103 7.07×103 7.85×103
φ100 Ending
Pull 7.15×102 1.07×103 1.43×103 2.14×103 2.86×103 3.57×103 4.29×103 5.00×103 5.72×103 6.43×103 7.15×103
219
SCM Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Content
A Mounting
Without switch (built-in magnet for switch) Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM LB 40 B 100 J I 00 Basic ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LB Axial foot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CMA2 SCM LB 40 B 100 T2H D J I FB Head side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CA Eye bracket ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM CB Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring incl.) ● ●
A Mounting TA Rod side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
*1 TB Head side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCG B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 φ20
SCA2 25 φ25
32 φ32
40 φ40
SCS2 50 φ50
63 φ63
CKV2 80 φ80
100 φ100
CAV2/ C Port thread
COVP/N2 C Port thread Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (custom order product) With air cushion: φ32 and over
SSD2 G G thread (custom order product) With air cushion: φ32 and over
D Cushion
SSG D Cushion B With two-sided air cushion
R Rod side air cushioned
H Head side air cushioned
SSD
D With two-sided rubber cushion
E Stroke length (mm)
CAT E Stroke length
Bore size Stroke length *2 Custom stroke length
φ20 to φ32 10 to 1000
In 1 mm increments
MDC2 φ40 to φ100 10 to 1500
F Switch model No.
F Switch model No. Axial Radial
Reed Contact
Voltage Lead
MVC *4 Display
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*5 T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
SMG T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
MSD/ T1H* T1V* ●
MSDG *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. 2-wire
T2H* T2V* ● 1-color display
*2 : I‌f the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting T3H* T3V* ●
FC* bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled. 3-wire
T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom order)
*3 : Refer
‌ to page 218 for the number of installed
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV* ●
switches and the min. stroke length. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
STK *4 : Switches
‌ other than ●F Switch model No. are 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
also available. (Custom order) 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV* ●
SRL3 Refer to Ending Page 16 for details. T2YD* - ● 2-color display
*5 : ‌T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size 2-wire
T2YDT* - ● for AC magnetic field
is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting style is the
T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 rail.
*6 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the * Lead wire length
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 instantaneously contact the bellows. 3 3 m (option)
*7 : Refer
‌ to Ending Page 85 for custom 5 5 m (option)
specifications of rod end form.
SRT3 *8 : “Q”
‌ (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available
G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
for the “Z” switch mounting.
*9 : “I”
‌ and “Y” cannot be selected together. H 1 on head side
MRL2 D 2
*10 : Switches
‌ are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if
assembling before shipment is necessary. T 3
MRG2 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
H Switch mounting
[Example of model No.] H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
SM‑25
SCM-LB-40B-100-T2H-D-JI Z Band method
I Option
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting I Option Max. ambient temperature Instantaneous max. temperature
● A Mounting : Axial foot *2 J Bellows 60°C 100°C
FJ ●
B Bore size : φ40 mm *6 K Bellows 100°C 200°C
●
C Port thread : Rc thread *8 L Bellows 250°C 400°C
●
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion Q Switch rail attached at shipment
FK
●
E Stroke length : 100 mm M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Spd ●
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m P6 Copper and PTFE free
Contr ●G Switch Quantity : 2 pcs. included J Accessory
●
H Switch mounting : Rail J Accessory
*9
Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
●
Ending Option
I : B‌ ellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
J Accessory : Rod eye Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
B1 Eye bracket ● ●
220 B2 Clevis bracket ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM Series
How to order
How to order switch [Switch mounting: Band]
SCP*3
[Switch mounting: Rail] ● Switch body + mounting bracket set + band
● Switch body + mounting rail set SCM T2H* 40 Z CMK2
SCM T0H* D 40 100
CMA2
Switch model No.
(Item F on the SCM
Switch model No. Bore size
previous page)
(Item F on the (Item B on the Bore size
previous page) previous page)
(Item B on the SCG
Switch quantity Stroke length (*1) previous page)
(Item G on the (Item E on the ● Mounting bracket set + band SCA2
● Mounting rail only
SCM Z 40 SCS2
SCM T 40 100
CKV2
Bore size
Mounting rail
(Item B on the CAV2/
Bore size previous page) COVP/N2
(Item B on the [Switch body only]
previous page) SSD2
Stroke length (*1) SW T0H*
(Item E on the previous page) SSG
(*2)
Switch model No.

SSD
*1: Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm.
(Item F on the previous
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment
page) CAT
length) will be included per switch.
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same
number of rails as that of applicable switches. MDC2
MVC
Clean-room specifications (Catalog No. CB-033SA) Specifications for rechargeable battery (Catalog No. CC-1226A) SMG
● Anti-dust generation structure for use in cleanrooms ● Design compatible with rechargeable battery manufacturing process MSD/
MSDG
SCM -……………- P7* SCM -…- P4* FC*
SCM -……………- P5* * Contact CKD for details.
STK
SRL3
How to order mounting bracket
SRG3
Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100
Mounting bracket SRM3
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SCM-LB-80 SCM-LB-100
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100 SRT3
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63 - -
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100 MRL2
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 - -
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. MRG2
*2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set.
SM‑25
Material of mounting bracket ShkAbs

Mounting Material
LB Steel FJ
FA/FB Aluminum
TA/TB Steel FK
CA Steel Spd
CB Cast iron Contr
Note: ‌Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
However, it will be attached to the product if the product is the type with bellows and LB, FA, or TA mounting bracket, SCM-P with LB, FB or TB mounting Ending
bracket, or SCM-R with LB, FB or TB mounting bracket.
221
SCM Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list (with rubber cushion)
● φ20 to φ40
CMK2
CMA2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
● φ50 to φ100
SSD2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 9 10 12 13 14 15
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
9 Piston R
SRL3 φ20, φ25: Stainless steel Industrial chrome plating φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
2 Piston rod
φ32 to φ100: Steel 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
SRG3 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber

4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 12 Magnet Plastic
SRM3 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy *2 Paint 13 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
14 Piston H
SRT3 7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 15 Head cover Aluminum alloy *2 Paint
MRL2 *1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
*2: Aluminum alloy die-casting for φ50 and φ63.
MRG2
Repair parts list
With rubber cushion
SM‑25
Bore size (mm) Kit No. Repair parts No.
φ 20 SCM-20DK
ShkAbs
φ 25 SCM-25DK
φ 32 SCM-32DK
FJ
φ 40 SCM-40DK
3 6 8 10 13
φ 50 SCM-50DK
FK
φ 63 SCM-63DK
Spd φ 80 SCM-80DK
Contr φ100 SCM-100DK
*1: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
Ending
222
SCM Series
Internal structure and parts list
Internal structure and parts list (with air cushion) SCP*3
● φ20 to φ40
CMK2
17 16 21 20 19 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 22
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
● φ50 to φ100 CAV2/

COVP/N2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 10 12 13 14 15 22
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks MSD/
MSDG
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 12 Magnet Plastic
φ20, φ25: Stainless steel 13 Wear ring Polyacetal resin FC*
2 Piston rod Industrial chrome plating
φ32 to φ100: Steel φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
14 Piston H
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting STK
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 15 Head cover Aluminum alloy *2 Paint
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy *2 Paint 16 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber SRL3
6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 17 Holder gasket Nitrile rubber
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 18 Needle holder Aluminum alloy SRG3
8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 19 Lock nut Steel Nickeling
9 Piston R
20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy 20 Needle Stainless steel SRM3
φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting 21 Knob Aluminum alloy Chromate
10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 22 Cushion packing Nitrile rubber/steel SRT3
11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber
*1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free. MRL2
*2: Aluminum alloy die-casting for φ50 and φ63.
MRG2
Repair parts list
With air cushion
SM‑25
φ 20 SCM-20BK
ShkAbs
φ 25 SCM-25BK
φ 32 SCM-32BK
*2 FJ
φ 40 SCM-40BK
3 6 8 10 13 16 17 22
φ 50 SCM-50BK
FK
φ 63 SCM-63BK
φ 80 SCM-80BK Spd
φ100 SCM-100BK Contr
*2: 8 is not supplied with φ50 to φ100. Ending
223
SCM Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Basic (00) φ20 to φ100 · Switch mounting method: Rail
CMK2 [With rubber cushion] MN (Tang)
CMA2
MO
X + stroke length
SCM X + ℓ + stroke length MC
A WF LL + stroke length N
A WF + ℓ GB A WF
C N GR RD HD GH
SCG 8-DA 18 C T QA 2-EE QB
b
φMM
φMM
SCA2
P
SD
φD
φs
φJ
φd
φJ
SCS2
XF+ℓ SD KK 2 MO KK XF MA 4-MD MB
CKV2
Hexagon B
With bellows φ20/φ25
CAV2/ Piston rod area HD
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
[With air cushion]
SSD · Switch mounting method: Rail In the case of T2W, T3W
X + ℓ + stroke length Air cushion

CAT A WF
Needle
A WF + ℓ 10°Eθ EA EB 2-EE*
C
b
MDC2
φMM
)
ax
(M
MVC
φs
φd
EC
KK
SMG XF+ℓ Hexagon B 2 MO
MSD/ With bellows φ20/φ25

MSDG Piston rod area
FC* *1 : Piping port (EE) of φ20 and φ25 is different. Refer to the dimensions (EE*) of the type with air cushion.
*2 : ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof,
T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
STK *3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
Code Basic (00) basic dimensions
SRL3 Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE (Note) GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN MO N QA QB SD
φ 20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 2 12 10 14
SRG3 φ 25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 2 12 10 16.5
φ 32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 2 12 10 20
SRM3 φ 40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 2 13 12 26
φ 50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 13 12 55 M12 20 17 8 2 15 12 32
SRT3 φ 63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 13 12 69 M14 20 17 8 2 15 12 38
φ 80 40 32 37 89 M10 depth 22 Rc3/8 28 28 40 M22×1.5 108 - - 80 - 25 22 11 3 15 15 50
MRL2 φ100 40 41 37 110 M12 depth 22 Rc1/2 28 28 50 M26×1.5 108 - - 100 - 30 27 13 3 15 15 60
Code With bellows With air cushion Switch mounting: Rail
MRG2 EE* HD RD
Bore size (mm) T WF X XF b d s ℓ EA EB EC Eθ P GB T2W T2W
(Note) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W
SM‑25 φ 20 5 17 106 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 14 12 27 M5 30° 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
φ 25 6 18 111 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 14 12 29.5 M5 30° 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
ShkAbs φ 32 6 18 113 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 14 12 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
φ 40 8 20 130 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 15 12 36.6 Rc1/8 20° 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
FJ φ 50 11 23 150 58 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 15.5 43 Rc1/4 20° 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ 63 11 23 150 58 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 15.5 50 Rc1/4 20° 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
FK φ 80 13 31 182 71 55 50 88.7 (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 20 20 58.5 Rc3/8 20° 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0
Spd φ100 16 31 182 71 56 60 109.7 (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 20 20 69 Rc1/2 20° 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5
Contr
Ending
224
SCM Series
Dimensions
Dimensions SCP*3
● Basic (00) φ20 to φ100 · Switch mounting: Band
[With rubber cushion] CMK2
CMA2
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH SCM
8 RD HD
a b SCG
a b
SCA2
P1
P3
SCS2
10 10 CKV2
P2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
[With air cushion] · Switch mounting: Band SSD
GC GD CAT
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
8 RD HD
a
MDC2
a b b
MVC
P1
SMG
P3
MSD/
10
MSDG
10
P2
FC*
STK
*1: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display,
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. SRL3
*2: For
‌ the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
Code Switch mounting: Band
SRG3
GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) GH GR P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W SRM3
φ 20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 17 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ 25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 17 19 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
SRT3
φ 32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 17 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ 40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19 20 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
MRL2
φ 50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 22 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ 63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 22 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) MRG2
φ 80 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 28 28 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
φ100 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5 28 28 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°) SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
225
SCM Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Axial foot (LB)
CMK2 · Switch mounting method: Rail
LA + stroke length
LS
LA + ℓ + stroke length
CMA2 LR A WF LL + stroke length
A WF + ℓ GB
C GR RD HD GH
18
8-DA QA
SCM b
T 2-EE QB
φMM
SCG
P
φs
φD
φd
SCA2
SD
LH
LT
KK
SCS2 LF + ℓ W 2-φLE W
4-φLD
SD Hexagon B M LB LC LC LB M
[With bellows φ20 to φ63]
CKV2 LX + stroke length
LF
CAV2/ Dowel pin position Dowel pin position
COVP/N2 HD
SSD2
SSG In the case of

T2W, T3W
SSD LA + ℓ + stroke length · Switch mounting: Band
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
A WF + ℓ
CAT 7.9 RD HD
b a b
a b
MDC2
P1
P3
φd
MVC
10 10
SMG LF + ℓ P2
MSD/ [With bellows φ80/φ100]

MSDG
Code Axial foot (LB) basic dimensions
FC* Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE (*1) GH GR KK LA LB LC LD LE LF LH LL LR LS LT LX M MM
φ 20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 Rc1/8 17 19 M8 109.8 15.1 7.1 5.7 4 28.9 20 69 32 44 3.2 45.2 2.6 8
STK φ 25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 M10×1.25 115.6 15.1 7.1 5.7 4 29.9 22 69 36 49 3.2 45.2 3.4 10
φ 32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 M10×1.25 117.6 16.1 8.1 6.8 4 30.9 25 71 44 58 3.2 45.2 3.4 12
φ 40 30 22 27 47 M6 Rc1/8 19 20 M14×1.5 135.2 16.6 9.1 6.8 4 33.4 30 78 54 71 3.2 51.2 4 16
SRL3
φ 50 35 27 32 58 M8 Rc1/4 22 25 M18×1.5 157.5 22 11 9 5 40.5 40 90 66 86 4.5 55 5 20
φ 63 35 27 32 72 M10 Rc1/4 22 25 M18×1.5 157.5 22 13 11 5 40.5 45 90 82 106 4.5 55 5 20
SRG3 φ 80 40 32 37 89 M10 Rc3/8 28 28 M22×1.5 189.5 28.5 14 11 6 55 55 108 100 125 4.5 60 6 25
φ100 40 41 37 110 M12 Rc1/2 28 28 M26×1.5 192 30 16 14 6 55 65 108 120 150 6 60 7 30
SRM3 Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
Bore size HD RD GD GC
QA QB SD T W WF b d s ℓ P GB
SRT3 (mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P
T2W
T3W
φ 20 12 10 14 5 10 17 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
MRL2 φ 25 12 10 16.5 6 10 18 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
φ 32 12 10 20 6 10 18 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
φ 40 13 12 26 8 10 20 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRG2 φ 50 15 12 32 11 17.5 23 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
φ 63 15 12 38 11 17.5 23 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
SM‑25 φ 80 15 15 50 13 20 31 55 50 - (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0
φ100 15 15 60 16 20 31 56 60 - (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5
ShkAbs Code
*1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are
Bore size HD RD the same as those of the basic. Refer to page 224. (Those of φ20/φ25 are
T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
FJ (mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W different from the basic.)
φ 20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°) *2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
φ 25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
FK *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
φ 32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Spd φ 40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Contr φ 50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ 63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
φ 80 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Ending
φ100 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
226
SCM Series
Double acting/single rod
Dimensions SCP*3
● Rod side flange (FA)
CMK2
· Switch mounting method: Rail X + stroke length
FM
CMA2
X + ℓ + stroke length A WF LL + stroke length N
A WF + ℓ
FL
C N FT GR RD HD GH SCM
4-φFD
SD 8-DA 2-EE QB
T QA
b SCG
φMM
SCA2
FM
φs
SD
φd
FL
φD
φJ
φJ
SCS2
KK CKV2
FF + ℓ Hexagon B FF FG + stroke length
CAV2/
[With bellows φ20 to φ63] COVP/N2
HD
SSD2
SSG
SSD
· Switch mounting: Band
CAT
X + ℓ + stroke length
In the case of T2W, T3W
A WF + ℓ GC GD MDC2
GR 30.5 30.5 GH (Pθ)
RD HD 7.9
b
a b
MVC
b a
SMG
P1
φd
P3
MSD/
MSDG
10 10
P2 FC*
FF + ℓ
*1: N
‌ eedle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
the basic. Refer to page 224. (Those of φ20/φ25 are different from the basic.) STK
[With bellows φ80/φ100] *2: R‌ efer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC
magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239. SRL3
Code Rod side flange (FA) basic dimensions
Bore size
SRG3
A B C D DA EE (*1) FD FF FG FL FM FT GH GR J KK LL MM N QA QB SD T WF X
(mm)
φ 20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 Rc1/8 5.5 11 77 28 40 6 17 19 12 M8 69 8 2 12 10 14 5 17 106
SRM3
φ 25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 Rc1/8 5.5 11 78 32 44 7 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 2 12 10 16.5 6 18 111
φ 32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 Rc1/8 6.6 11 80 38 53 7 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 2 12 10 20 6 18 113
SRT3
φ 40 30 22 27 47 M6 Rc1/8 6.6 12 88 46 61 8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 2 13 12 26 8 20 130
MRL2
φ 50 35 27 32 58 M8 Rc1/4 9 14 101 58 76 9 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 2 15 12 32 11 23 150
φ 63 35 27 32 72 M10 Rc1/4 11 14 101 70 92 9 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 2 15 12 38 11 23 150
MRG2
φ 80 40 32 37 89 M10 Rc3/8 11 20 122 82 104 11 28 28 40 M22×1.5 108 25 3 15 15 50 13 31 182
φ100 40 41 37 110 M12 Rc1/2 13 17 125 100 128 14 28 28 50 M26×1.5 108 30 3 15 15 60 16 31 182
SM‑25
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
Bore size HD RD GD GC HD RD
b d s ℓ T2W T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ ShkAbs
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ 20 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
φ 25 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ 32 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FK
φ 40 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
φ 50 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°) Spd
φ 63 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Contr
φ 80 55 50 - (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
φ100 56 60 - (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Ending
227
SCM Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Head side flange (FB)
CMK2 · Switch mounting method: Rail
CMA2
FA + stroke length
SCM A WF LL + stroke length FT N

FM
FA + ℓ + stroke length
FL
SCG A WF+ℓ C N GR RD HD GH
4-φFD
SD 8-DA
T QA 2-EE QB
SCA2 b
φMM
SCS2
FM
FL
φJ
SD
φJ
φD
φs
φd
CKV2
CAV2/ KK
COVP/N2 FJ + ℓ + stroke length Hexagon B FJ + stroke length
SSD2 [With bellows]

HD
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2 GC GD In the case of T2W, T3W
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
7.9 RD HD
MVC a b
a b
SMG
P1
P3
MSD/
MSDG
10 10
FC* P2
*1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
STK the basic. Refer to page 224. (Those of φ20/φ25 are different from the basic.)
*2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC
SRL3 *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
Code Rod side flange (FB) basic dimensions
SRG3 Bore size
A B C D DA EE (*1) FA FD FJ FL FM FT GH GR J KK LL MM N QA QB SD T WF b
(mm)
SRM3 φ 20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 Rc1/8 112 5.5 92 28 40 6 17 19 12 M8 69 8 2 12 10 14 5 17 30
φ 25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 Rc1/8 118 5.5 94 32 44 7 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 2 12 10 16.5 6 18 35
SRT3 φ 32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 Rc1/8 120 6.6 96 38 53 7 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 2 12 10 20 6 18 31.5
φ 40 30 22 27 47 M6 Rc1/8 138 6.6 106 46 61 8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 2 13 12 26 8 20 40
MRL2
φ 50 35 27 32 58 M8 Rc1/4 159 9 122 58 76 9 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 2 15 12 32 11 23 46
φ 63 35 27 32 72 M10 Rc1/4 159 11 122 70 92 9 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 2 15 12 38 11 23 46
MRG2
φ 80 40 32 37 89 M10 Rc3/8 193 11 150 82 104 11 28 28 40 M22×1.5 108 25 3 15 15 50 13 31 55
φ100 40 41 37 110 M12 Rc1/2 196 13 153 100 128 14 28 28 50 M26×1.5 108 30 3 15 15 60 16 31 56
SM‑25
Bore size HD RD GD GC HD RD
ShkAbs d s ℓ T2W T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ 20 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
φ 25 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ 32 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FK
φ 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Spd φ 50 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Contr φ 63 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
φ 80 50 88.7 (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Ending φ100 60 109.7 (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
228
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
229
SCM Series
SCP*3
Dimensions (φ20 to φ63)
● Eye bracket (CA) · Switch mounting method: Rail
CMK2
CA + stroke length CN
CMA2 CA + ℓ + stroke length A WF LL + stroke length CI CM -0.3
0
A WF + ℓ C 2 GR RD HD GH 2-EE GB
SCM CT
T QA QB 18
b R
8-DA
CE
SCG
φMM
P
SD±0.1
SCA2
φs
φd
φJ
φD
Q
KK
SCS2 CJ + ℓ + stroke length CJ + stroke length φCD e8 (pin O.D.) SD±0.1
Hexagon B
CKV2 [With bellows]

HD
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
· Switch mounting: Band In the case of T2W, T3W
CAT GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MDC2 7.9
RD HD
a b
a b b a
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
10 10
MSD/ P2
MSDG
FC* Code Eye bracket (CA) basic dimensions

Bore size
STK A B C CA CD CE CT CI CJ CM CN D DA EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM Q
(mm)
φ20 18 13 15.5 129 8 11 3.2 10.8 100 29 38.6 26 M4 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 13
SRL3 φ25 22 17 19.5 138 10 13 3.2 12.8 103 33 42.6 31 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 15.5
φ32 22 17 19.5 145.5 12 15 4.5 15.5 108.5 40 54 38 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 19
SRG3 φ40 30 22 27 167.5 14 18 4.5 17.5 119.5 49 65 47 M6 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 23.5
φ50 35 27 32 192.5 16 20 6 19 137.5 60 79.6 58 M8 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 29
SRM3 φ63 35 27 32 199.5 18 22 8 22 142.5 74 97.8 72 M10 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 36
SRT3 Bore size HD RD GD GC
QA QB SD T WF b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W T2W T2W
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
MRL2 φ20 12 10 14 5 17 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
φ25 12 10 16.5 6 18 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
MRG2
φ32 12 10 20 6 18 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
φ40 13 12 26 8 20 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SM‑25
φ50 15 12 32 11 23 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
φ63 15 12 38 11 23 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
Code Switch mounting: Band *1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are
FJ P1 P2 P3 Pθ different from the basic.)
(mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W T2W
*2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
φ20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
φ25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
Spd φ32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr φ40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
φ50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Ending φ63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
230
SCM Series
Dimensions
Dimensions (φ20 to φ63) SCP*3
● Eye bracket (CA) with bracket (option code B2)
CMK2
· Switch mounting method: Rail
CK + stroke length CM CMA2
CK + ℓ + stroke length A WF LL + stroke length CI
2-EE GB CT
A WF + ℓ C 2 GR RD HD GH 8-DA SCM
T QA QB 18
b
SCG
φMM
P
SCA2
φs
φD
φJ
φd
C0
CT
CP
KK SCS2
Hexagon B
CJ + ℓ + stroke length CH
CS
CKV2
CG CR
CJ + stroke length φCW CAV2/
+0.05
[With bellows] 4-φCV CQ 0
COVP/N2
SSD2
HD
SSG
SSD
GC GD CAT
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
7.9
RD HD In the case of T2W, T3W MDC2
a b
a b b a
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
10 10 MSD/
P2 MSDG
Code Eye bracket (CA) with bracket (option code B2) basic dimensions FC*
Bore size EE
A B C CG CH CI CJ CK CM CO CP CQ CR CS CT CV CW D DA GH GR J KK STK
(mm) (*1)
φ20 18 13 15.5 42 28 10.8 100 139 29 38 25 43.4 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 26 M4 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8
φ25 22 17 19.5 42 28 12.8 103 146 33 45.5 30 48 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 31 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 SRL3
φ32 22 17 19.5 48 28 15.5 108.5 154.5 40 54 35 59.4 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 38 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25
φ40 30 22 27 56 30 17.5 119.5 177.5 49 63.5 40 71.4 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 47 M6 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5
SRG3
φ50 35 27 32 64 36 19 137.5 204.5 60 79 50 86 72.4 36 6 9 20 58 M8 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5
φ63 35 27 32 74 46 22 142.5 214.5 74 96 60 105.4 90.4 46 8 11 20 72 M10 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5
SRM3
SRT3
Bore size HD RD GD GC
LL MM QA QB T WF b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W T2W T2W
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
MRL2
φ20 69 8 12 10 5 17 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
φ25 69 10 12 10 6 18 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
MRG2
φ32 71 12 12 10 6 18 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
φ40 78 16 13 12 8 20 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SM‑25
φ50 90 20 15 12 11 23 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
φ63 90 20 15 12 11 23 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
Code Switch mounting: Band *1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are
P1 P2 P3 Pθ FJ
(mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W T2W
different from the basic.)
*2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
φ20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. FK
φ25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
φ32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°) Spd
φ40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) Contr
φ50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
231
SCM Series
SCP*3
● Clevis bracket (CB)
CMK2
CMA2
CA + stroke length CZ
SCM CA + ℓ + stroke length 40 31 108 + stroke length CF CY
A 31 + ℓ 37 3 28 RD HD 28 CI 26.7
SCG T 15 2-EE
15
8-DA 18
b
R
CE
SCA2
φMM
P
φJ
SCS2
SD
φD
φs
φd
φCDe8
Q
(pin O.D.)
KK
CKV2
CJ + ℓ + stroke length Hexagon B CJ + stroke length CX +0.5
SD +0.3
CAV2/
COVP/N2 CM
[With bellows]
SSD2
HD
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC In the case of T2W, T3W

SMG
MSD/ 28 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 28
(Pθ)
MSDG RD HD
a 7.9
b
b a
FC*
P1
STK
P3
SRL3 10 10 P2
SRG3 *1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same
as those of the basic. Refer to page 224.
SRM3 *2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display,
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
SRT3
Code Clevis bracket (CB) basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) B CA CD CE CF CI CJ CM CX CY CZ D DA EE (*1) J KK MM Q SD T
MRL2
φ80 32 232 18 18 35 25 174 80 28 56 64 89 M10 Rc3/8 40 M22×1.5 25 44.5 50 13
φ100 41 244 22 22 43 31 182 100 32 64 72 110 M12 Rc1/2 50 M26×1.5 30 55 60 16
MRG2
HD RD GD GC
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) b d s ℓ P T2W T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ80 55 50 88.7 (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 51 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0
ShkAbs
φ100 56 60 109.7 (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 61.5 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5
Code
FJ
HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T0/T5 T2, T3
FK T3W T3W
φ80 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Spd φ100 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Contr
Ending
232
SCM Series
Dimensions
● Clevis bracket (CB) with bracket (option code B1)
CMK2
CMA2
CK + stroke length CZ
CK + ℓ + stroke length 40 31 LL + stroke length CF CY SCM

40 31 + ℓ 37 N 28 RD HD 28 CI 26.7
15 2-EE 15
R
CE 8-DA 18 SCG
T
b φCDe8
(pin O.D.) SCA2
φMM
P
SCS2
φs
φJ
φd
SD
φD
CP
KK
CKV2
CT
CJ + ℓ + stroke length CJ + stroke length CH CX
Hexagon B
SD 4-φCV
CAV2/
CG COVP/N2
CM
[With bellows]
CS SSD2
HD CQ
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
In the case of T2W, T3W MVC

SMG
28 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 28
(Pθ) MSD/
RD HD MSDG
a b 7.9
b a
FC*
P1
P3
STK
10 10 SRL3
P2
*1: N ‌ eedle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same SRG3
as those of the basic. Refer to page 224.
*2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, SRM3
SRT3
Code Clevis bracket (CB) with bracket (option code B1) basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) B CD CE CF CG CH CI CJ CK CM CP CQ CS CT CV CX CY CZ D DA EE (*1) J KK
MRL2
φ80 32 18 18 35 72 45 25 174 272.5 80 55 110 85 11 11 28 56 64 89 M10 Rc3/8 40 M22×1.5
φ100 41 22 22 43 93 60 31 182 298.5 100 65 130 100 12 13.5 32 64 72 110 M12 Rc1/2 50 M26×1.5
MRG2
HD RD GD
Bore size (mm) LL MM N SD T b d s ℓ P T2W T2W T2W
SM‑25
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ80 108 25 3 50 13 55 50 88.7 (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 51 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
φ100 108 30 3 60 16 56 60 109.7 (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 61.5 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
Code
FJ
GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W FK
φ80 16.0 16.0 18.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
φ100 15.5 15.5 17.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°) Spd
Contr
Ending
233
SCM Series
SCP*3
● Rod side trunnion (TA)
CMK2
CMA2
TN
X + stroke length
X + ℓ + stroke length TM Bracket mounting
SCM A WF LL + stroke length 2
A WF + ℓ TL range
C 2 GR RD HD GH
GB 2-EE
SCG T QA QB
b 18
2-φTTe8
φMM
(collar O.D.)
SCA2 P
φs
φd
φD
φJ
φJ
SCS2 KK
TF + ℓ Hexagon B TF TG + stroke length

CKV2 *3
CAV2/ [With bellows]

COVP/N2
SSD2 · Switch mounting: Band HD
SSG GC GD
GR 30.5 30.5 GH
(Pθ)
SSD RD HD
7.9
a b
CAT a b b a
P1
MDC2
P3
MVC 10 10
P2
SMG *1 : Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
the basic. Refer to page 224. (Those of φ20/φ25 are different from the basic.)
MSD/ *2 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC
MSDG magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3 : Composed of a collar, plain washer and hexagon socket head cap screw.
FC* *4 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
Code Rod side trunnion (TA) basic dimensions
STK Bore size (mm) A B C D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB T TF TG TL
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10 5 28 60 28
SRL3 φ25 22 17 19.5 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 12 10 6 29 60 33
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 12 10 6 29 62 40
SRG3 φ40 30 22 27 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 13 12 8 32 68 49
φ50 35 27 32 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12 11 36 79 60
SRM3 φ63 35 27 32 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12 11 36 79 74
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail
SRT3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) TM TN TT WF X b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W
MRL2 φ20 39 47.6 8 17 106 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
φ25 43 53 10 18 111 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
MRG2
φ32 54.5 67.7 12 18 113 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
φ40 65.9 81.1 14 20 130 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
SM‑25
φ50 80 98.6 16 23 150 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ63 98 119.2 18 23 150 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ShkAbs
GD GC HD RD
FJ Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
φ25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
Spd φ32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr φ40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
φ50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Ending φ63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
234
SCM Series
Dimensions
● Rod side trunnion (TA) with bracket (option code B2)
CMK2
TN X + stroke length
CMA2
X + ℓ + stroke length
TM A WF LL + stroke length 2
A WF + ℓ TL SCM
C 2 GR RD HD GH
GB 2-EE
T QA QB
b 18 SCG
2-φTTe8
(collar O.D.)
φMM
SCA2
P
φD
φJ
φs
φd
KK SCS2
CP
CT
Hexagon B
CH CKV2
TF + ℓ CS
CG
4-φCV CR φCW +0.05 CAV2/
0
TF TG + stroke length
[With bellows] COVP/N2
SSD2
· Switch mounting: Band HD
SSG
GC GD
GR 30.5 30.5 GH (Pθ) SSD
RD HD 7.9
a b
a b b a CAT
MDC2
P1
P3
MVC
10 10
P2
SMG
*1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
the basic. Refer to page 224. (Those of φ20/φ25 are different from the basic.) MSD/
*2: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC MSDG
*3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239. FC*
Code Rod side trunnion (TA) with bracket (option code B2) basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C CG CH CP CR CS CT CV CW D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB STK
φ20 18 13 15.5 42 28 25 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10
φ25 22 17 19.5 42 28 30 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 12 10 SRL3
φ32 22 17 19.5 48 28 35 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 12 10
φ40 30 22 27 56 30 40 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 13 12 SRG3
φ50 35 27 32 64 36 50 72.4 36 6 9 20 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12
φ63 35 27 32 74 46 60 90.4 46 8 11 20 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12
SRM3
HD RD
SRT3
Bore size (mm) T TF TG TL TM TN TT WF X b d s ℓ P GB T2W T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T3/T3P T3W
φ20 5 28 60 28 39 47.6 8 17 106 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRL2
φ25 6 29 60 33 43 53 10 18 111 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
MRG2
φ32 6 29 62 40 54.5 67.7 12 18 113 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
φ40 8 32 68 49 65.9 81.1 14 20 130 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
SM‑25
φ50 11 36 79 60 80 98.6 16 23 150 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ63 11 36 79 74 98 119.2 18 23 150 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ShkAbs
GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ FJ
φ20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
φ25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°) Spd
φ40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) Contr
φ50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
235
SCM Series
SCP*3
● Head side trunnion (TB)
CMK2
CMA2 TN
X + ℓ + stroke length X + stroke length
TM
A WF LL + stroke length 2
TL Bracket mounting range
SCM A WF + ℓ
C 2 GR RD HD GH
GB
T QA 2-EE QB 18
2-φTTe8
SCG b
(collar O.D.)
φMM
SCA2
P
φD
φs
φJ
φd
φJ
SCS2 KK
TJ + ℓ + stroke length Hexagon B *3
CKV2 TJ + stroke length TK

[With bellows]
CAV2/
COVP/N2
HD
SSD2 · Switch mounting: Band
SSG GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
SSD 7.9 RD HD
a b
b a b a
CAT
P1
P3
MDC2
10 10
P2
MVC
SMG
*1 : Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
MSD/
*2 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC
MSDG magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3 : Composed of a collar, plain washer and hexagon socket head cap screw.
FC* *4 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
Code Head side trunnion (TB) basic dimensions
STK Bore size (mm) A B C D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB T TJ TK TL TM TN TT WF X
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10 5 75 13 28 39 47.6 8 17 106
SRL3 φ25 22 17 19.5 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 12 10 6 76 13 33 43 53 10 18 111
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 12 10 6 79 12 40 54.5 67.7 12 18 113
SRG3 φ40 30 22 27 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 13 12 8 88 12 49 65.9 81.1 14 20 130
φ50 35 27 32 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12 11 101 14 60 80 98.6 16 23 150
SRM3 φ63 35 27 32 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12 11 101 14 74 98 119.2 18 23 150
SRT3
HD RD GD GC
Bore size (mm) b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
MRL2 T3/T3P T3/T3P
φ20 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
φ25 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
MRG2
φ32 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
φ40 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SM‑25
φ50 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
φ63 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
Code
HD RD
FJ Bore size (mm) T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
φ25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
Spd φ32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr φ40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
φ50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Ending φ63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
236
SCM Series
Dimensions
● Head side trunnion (TB) with bracket (option code B2)
· Switch mounting method: Rail CMK2
TA+ stroke length TN
TA + ℓ + stroke length X + stroke length TM CMA2
A WF LL + stroke length 2 TL
A WF + ℓ
C 2 GR RD HD GH GB SCM
T QA 2-EE QB 18
b SCG
2-φTTe8
(collar O.D.)
φMM
P
SCA2
φJ
φd
φs
φD
CP
SCS2
CT
TJ + ℓ + stroke length KK TJ + stroke length
B CH CS CKV2
CG 4-φCV CR φCW +0.05
[With bellows] 0
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
HD
GC GD
SSG
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
RD HD SSD
7.9
a b
a b b a CAT
P1
P3
MDC2
10 10 MVC
P2
*1: N
‌ eedle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
SMG
*2: R‌ efer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC
MSD/
magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSDG
FC*
Code Head side trunnion (TB) with bracket (option code B2) basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C CG CH CP CR CS CT CV CW D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB
STK
φ20 18 13 15.5 42 28 25 35.4 16 3.2 5.5 10 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10
φ25 22 17 19.5 42 28 30 39.4 20 3.2 5.5 10 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 12 10
SRL3
φ32 22 17 19.2 48 28 35 49 22 4.5 6.6 10 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 12 10
φ40 30 22 27 56 30 40 58 30 4.5 6.6 10 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 13 12
SRG3
φ50 35 27 32 64 36 50 72 36 6 9 20 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12
φ63 35 27 32 74 46 60 90 46 8 11 20 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12
SRM3
HD RD SRT3
Bore size (mm) T TA TJ TL TM TN TT WF X b d s ℓ P GB T2W T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T3/T3P T3W
φ20 5 114 75 28 39 47.6 8 17 106 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRL2
φ25 6 119 76 33 43 53 10 18 111 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
φ32 6 125 79 40 54.5 67.7 12 18 113 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 MRG2
φ40 8 146 88 49 65.9 81.1 14 20 130 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
φ50 11 168 101 60 80 98.6 16 23 150 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 SM‑25
φ63 11 173 101 74 98 119.2 18 23 150 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Code Switch mounting: Band ShkAbs
GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W FJ
φ20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) FK
φ32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Spd
Contr
φ50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
237
SCM Series
SCP*3
Accessory dimensions
● Rod eye
CMK2 ● SCM-I-φ20 to φ32 Material: ‌Steel ● SCM-I-φ40 to φ100 Material: ‌Cast iron
Chromate Painting
CMA2 SR RS treatment
R
RR
RR
SCM
SCG
CDH10
SCA2 CDH10
KK
KK
SCS2
CKV2
CW
□E
CW
φE
CAV2/
COVP/N2
MA AA
MA AA
SSD2 CA
CA
A
SSG A
SSD Applicable
Model No. A AA CA CD CW E KK MA RR RS Weight (g)
bore size (mm)
CAT SCM-I-20 20 34 8.5 25 8 8 -0.2
-0.4 16 M8 11.5 13.4 3.1 39
SCM-I-25 25, 32 41 10.5 30 10 10 -0.2
-0.4 20 M10×1.25 14 17.1 4.5 72
MDC2 SCM-I-40 40 42 14 30 10
-0.3
18 -0.5 22 M14×1.5 14 12 - 152
SCM-I-50 50, 63 56 18 40 14 22 -0.3
-0.5 28 M18×1.5 20 16 - 158
MVC SCM-I-80 80 71 21 50 18
-0.3
28 -0.5 38 M22×1.5 27 21 - 395
SCM-I-100 100 79 21 55 22 32 -0.3
-0.5 44 M26×1.5 31 24 - 564
SMG
MSD/ ● Rod clevis
MSDG
● SCM-Y-φ20 to φ32 Material: ‌Steel ● SCM-Y-φ40 to φ100 Material: ‌Cast iron
FC* Chromate R
Painting
SR RS treatment RR
RR
STK
SRL3
E
CDH10
SRG3
CDH10
SRM3 KK
CW
CV
φE
SRT3
R0.4 or less
CW
CV
MRL2
KK
MRG2 MB AB MB AB
CA CA
SM‑25
A A
ShkAbs
Applicable Applicable Weight
Model No. A AB CA CD CV CW E KK MB RR RS
FJ bore size (mm) pin No. (g)
+0.4
SCM-Y-20 20 34 13.5 25 8 16 8 +0.2 16 M8 11.5 13.4 3.1 SCM-P-20 46
+0.4
FK SCM-Y-25 25, 32 41 16 30 10 20 10 +0.2 20 M10×1.25 14 17.1 4.5 SCM-P-25 85
+0.5
SCM-Y-40 40 42 16 30 10 36 18 +0.3 22 M14×1.5 14 12 - SCM-P-40 122
Spd SCM-Y-50 50, 63 56 20 40 14 44 22 +0.5
+0.3 28 M18×1.5 20 16 - SCM-P-50 258
Contr SCM-Y-80 80 71 23 50 18 56 28 +0.5
38 M22×1.5 27 21 - SCM-P-80 590
+0.3
+0.5
SCM-Y-100 100 79 24 55 22 64 32 44 M26×1.5 31 24 - SCM-P-100 909
Ending +0.3
Note: A pin and a snap ring are attached.
238
SCM Series
Accessory
Accessory dimensions SCP*3
● Pin for clevis Material: ‌Steel ● Rod eye pin Material: ‌Steel
Chromate Chromate CMK2
treatment treatment
CMA2
A A
C C C C
B B SCM
E E
SCG
φCDe8
φCDe8
φD
φD
SCA2
SCS2
Model Bore size Shaft Weight Model Bore size Shaft Weight
A B C CD D E A B C CD D E
No. (mm) snap ring (g) No. (mm) snap ring (g) CKV2
SCM-P1-20 20 43.4 38.6 0.9 8 7.6 1.5 C for shaft 8 17 SCM-P-20 20 21 16.2 0.9 8 7.6 1.5 C for shaft 8 9
CAV2/
SCM-P1-25 25 48 42.6 1.15 10 9.6 1.6 C for shaft 10 30 SCM-P-25 25, 32 25.6 20.2 1.15 10 9.6 1.6 C for shaft 10 16
COVP/N2
SCM-P1-32 32 59.4 54 1.15 12 11.5 1.6 C for shaft 12 52 SCM-P-40 40 41.6 36.2 1.15 10 9.6 1.6 C for shaft 10 26
SCM-P1-40 40 71.4 65 1.15 14 13.4 2.1 C for shaft 14 85 SCM-P-50 50, 63 50.6 44.2 1.15 14 13.4 2.1 C for shaft 14 60 SSD2
SCM-P1-50 50 86 79.6 1.15 16 15.2 2.1 C for shaft 16 133 SCM-P-80 80 64 56.2 1.35 18 17 2.6 C for shaft 18 126
SCM-P1-63 63 105.4 97.8 1.35 18 17 2.5 C for shaft 18 207 SCM-P-100 100 72 64.2 1.35 22 21 2.6 C for shaft 22 213 SSG
*1: A pin and a snap ring are attached to the eye bracket and clevis bracket. Note: A pin and a snap ring are attached with the rod clevis.
*2: For bore sizes φ80 and φ100, the dimension is the same as the pin for rod eye. SSD
● No.2 bracket CAT

● Clevis bracket (B2) Material: ‌Steel ● Eye bracket (B1) Material: C
‌ ast iron
Chromate Painting
MDC2
SCM-B2-φ20 to φ63 SCM-B1-φ80 to φ100
treatment
CM CN CDH10 CM MVC
RR
SMG
MSD/
CP±0.2
MSDG
CT
φCDH10
FC*
φCN
CP
CH 4-φCV CS
CG TM
STK
CT
CG CR
TM SRL3
SRG3
φCW +00.08
SRM3
CH
SRT3
MRL2
4-φCV CS
MRG2
SM‑25
Applicable bore
Model No. CD CG CH CM CN CP CR CS CT CV CW R TM Weight (g) ShkAbs
size (mm)
SCM-B2-20 20 8 42 28 29 +0.4 13 25 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 11 38 72
+0.1
FJ
SCM-B2-25 25 10 42 28 33 +0.4
+0.1 15 30 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 13 42 90
SCM-B2-32 32 12 48 28 40 +0.5 17 35 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 15 53.4 166
+0.1
FK
SCM-B2-40 40 14 56 30 49 +0.5
+0.1 21 40 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 18 64.4 239
SCM-B2-50 50 16 64 36 60 +0.5
+0.1 24 50 72.4 36 6 9 20 20 78.8 417 Spd
SCM-B2-63 63 18 74 46 74 +0.7
+0.1 26 60 90.4 46 7.5 11 20 22 96.6 754 Contr
SCM-B1-80 80 18 72 45 28 -0.1
-0.3 36 55 - 85 11 11 - - 110 1000
SCM-B1-100 100 22 93 60 32 -0.1 50 65 - 100 12 13.5 - - 130 1735
Ending
-0.3
239
Single acting/push
SCP*3
SCM-X Series
● Bore size: φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-X
Bore size mm φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40
SCA2 Actuation Single acting/push
SCS2
Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar)
CKV2
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0
SSG Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSD Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9
CAT Note: ‌Do not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized for a long time. If it is left pressurized for long
periods, the piston rod may not return due to spring load when the pressure is released.
MDC2
Stroke length Spring load (Unit: N)
MVC Bore size Standard stroke Max. stroke Min. stroke Bore size At stroke At full stroke
(mm) length (mm) length (mm) length (mm) (mm) length of 0 mm length operation
SMG φ20 φ20 11.8 38
25, 50, 75
φ25 φ25 12.5 40.2
MSD/ 100, 125 200 5
MSDG φ32 φ32 24.3 54.9
150, 200
φ40 φ40 28.4 100
FC*
*1: The custom stroke length is available in 1 mm increments.
STK Number of installed switches and min. stroke length (mm)

● Switch mounting method: Rail
SRL3 Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRG3 Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
Reed
T2, T3 T*Y*
Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
Reed
Reed
Reed
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

SRM3
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ● Switch mounting: Band

MRG2
SM‑25 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ShkAbs φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
*1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke length is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail
FK mounting position is different. Refer to page 329 for mounting position.
Spd
Contr
Ending
240
SCM-X Series
Specifications
Proximity 2-wire Proximity 2-wire Proximity 3-wire Reed 2-wire Proximity 2-wire
CMK2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or CKV2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1 : Refer to Ending Page 1 for other switch specifications.
*2 : T
he above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch SSG
is higher than 25˚C. (5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*3 : The T0/T5 switch can also be used with 220 VAC. Contact CKD about working conditions. SSD
*4 : Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD) cannot be used in DC magnetic field.
*5 : Dimensions depend on switch model No. Refer to Ending Page 18 for details.
CAT
Cylinder weight MDC2

● Stroke length: 5 to 50 (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight MVC
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm 10 mm (with rail) per switch
φ20 0.15 0.26 0.18 0.20 0.16 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 SMG
φ25 0.24 0.37 0.28 0.32 0.26 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
φ32 0.36 0.52 0.42 0.51 0.39 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 MSDG
φ40 0.59 0.81 0.67 0.82 0.64 specifications. 0.030 0.032 0.007
FC*
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight STK
φ20 0.19 0.30 0.22 0.24 0.20 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 SRL3
φ25 0.32 0.45 0.36 0.40 0.34 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
φ32 0.46 0.62 0.52 0.61 0.49 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 SRG3
SRM3
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight SRT3
φ20 0.24 0.35 0.27 0.29 0.25 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 MRL2
φ25 0.39 0.52 0.43 0.47 0.41 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
φ32 0.55 0.71 0.61 0.70 0.58 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 MRG2
SM‑25
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight ShkAbs
φ20 0.29 0.40 0.32 0.34 0.30 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 FJ
φ25 0.46 0.59 0.50 0.54 0.48 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
φ32 0.65 0.81 0.71 0.80 0.68 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 FK
φ40 1.11 1.33 1.19 1.34 1.16 specifications. 0.030 0.032 0.007 Spd
Product weight when S = 0 mm 0.98 kg
100
Contr
(Example) Product weight of SCM-X-LB-40D-100-T2H-D Additional weight when S = 100 mm 0.032× 10 =0.32 kg
Weight of 2 switches 0.036 kg
Ending
Product weight 0.98 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.336 kg
241
SCM-X Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Without switch (built-in magnet for switch)
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-X LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM-X LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
SCM A Mounting
TA Rod side trunnion
*1 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size 20 φ20
SCA2 25 φ25
32 φ32
SCS2 40 φ40
C Port thread
C Port thread
CKV2 Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (custom order product)
CAV2/ G G thread (custom order product)
COVP/N2
D Cushion
D Cushion
SSD2 D With two-sided rubber cushion
E Stroke length
SSG Bore size Stroke length *2 Custom stroke length
φ20 to φ40 5 to 200 In 1 mm increments
SSD F Switch model No.
F Switch model No.
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Contact
*3 Display
CAT *4 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
Reed
T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
MDC2
T1H* T1V* ●
MVC 2-wire
T3H* T3V* ●
SMG 3-wire
Precautions for model No. selection ●
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
MSD/ 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
MSDG *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. 2-color display
*2 : Refer to page 240 for the number of installed T3WH* T3WY* ●
3-wire
FC* switches and the min. stroke length. T3YH* T3YV* ●
*3 : Switches other than ● F Switch model No. are T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
STK also available. (Custom order) T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
*4 :T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the switch
* Lead wire length
SRL3 mounting style is the rail.
*5 :The instantaneous max. temperature is the Blank 1 m (standard)
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., 3 3 m (option)
SRG3 instantaneously contact the bellows. 5 5 m (option)
*6 :Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
G Switch quantity
SRM3 specifications of rod end form. G Switch quantity
*7 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not R 1 on rod side
*5
available for the “Z” switch mounting. H 1 on head side
SRT3 *8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. D 2
*9 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if
T 3
assembling before shipment is necessary.
MRL2 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
H Switch mounting
MRG2 [Example of model No.] H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
SCM-X-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI Z Band method
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, single acting/push I Option
●
A Mounting : Axial foot I Option
Max. ambient temperature Instantaneous max. temp.
ShkAbs ●
B Bore size : φ40 mm *5, *7
J Bellows material 60°C 100°C
●
C Port thread : Rc thread K Bellows material 100°C 200°C
FJ ●
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion
L Bellows material 250°C 400°C
●
E Stroke length :100 mm
Q Switch rail attached at shipment
FK ●
F Switch model No. : Proximity T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
● Switch quantity
G :2
P6 Copper and PTFE free
Spd ● H Switch mounting : Rail
Contr ● I Option : ‌Bellows material/max. ambient Accessory
J
J Accessory
temperature 60°C I Rod eye
*8
Ending ●
J Accessory : Rod eye Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
B2 Clevis bracket
242
SCM-X Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
[Switch mounting: Rail]
● Switch body + mounting rail set ● Mounting rail only CMK2
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T 40 100
CMA2
Mounting rail
Switch model No. Bore size SCM
previous page) previous page) (Item B on the
previous page)
SCG
(*2)
Switch quantity Stroke length (*1) Stroke length (*1)
(Item G on the (Item E on the (Item E on the SCA2
previous page) previous page) previous page)
SCS2
*1: ‌Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm.
length) will be included per switch. CKV2
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same
number of rails as that of applicable switches. CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
[Switch mounting: Band] SSG
● Switch body + mounting bracket set + band ● Mounting bracket set + band
SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40 SSD
CAT
(Item F on the (Item B on the
previous page)
MDC2
previous page)
Bore size
(Item B on the MVC
previous page)
SMG
[Switch body only]
MSD/
MSDG
SW T0H
FC*
Switch model No. STK

(Item F on the
previous page)
SRL3
Bore size (mm) SRG3
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SRM3
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SRT3
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts.
MRL2
MRG2
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SM‑25

Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102 FJ
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×10 1.96×10 2.45×10 2.95×10 3.44×10 3.93×10 4.42×10 4.91×10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
φ25 FK
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×10 1.61×10 2.41×10 3.22×10 4.02×10 4.83×10 5.63×10 6.43×10 7.24×10 8.04×10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Spd
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102 Contr
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103
φ40 Ending
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
243
SCM-X Series
SCP*3
CMK2
1 2 3
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2 Repair parts list

Numbering of repair parts follows that in the internal structure of
SSG the SCM Series (page 222).
SSD No. Part name Material Remarks φ20 SCM-X-20DK
1 Spring holder A Aluminum alloy φ25 SCM-X-25DK
3 6 8 10 13
CAT 2 Coil spring Piano wire Electrodeposition φ32 SCM-X-32DK
3 Spring holder B Aluminum alloy φ40 SCM-X-40DK
MDC2 Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
244
SCM-X Series
Single acting/push
Dimensions SCP*3
● Single acting push
CMK2
MN (Tang)
CMA2
MO
X + stroke length
SCM
X + ℓ + stroke length MC A WF LL + stroke length 2
A WF + ℓ GB A WF C 2 GL + stroke length GN
RD HD SCG
b 8-DA 18 C QA QB
T 2-EE
φMM
SCA2
φMM
P
φD
φJ
SD
φJ
φd
φs
SCS2
KK
XF + ℓ SD KK 2 MO Hexagon B XF MA 4-MD MB
CKV2
φ20/φ25
[With bellows] GR GH CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
GL + stroke length HD
SSG
GD
(Pθ) 30.5 30.5
7.9 GR RD HD GH SSD
a b
a b
CAT
P1
In the case of T2W, T3W MDC2

P2 10 10
MVC
SMG
*1: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, MSD/
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSDG
Code Basic (00) basic dimensions LL
Bore size 5 to 51 to 101 to 151 to
FC*
A B C D DA EE GR GH J KK MA MB MC MD MM MN MO QA QB SD T WF
(mm) 50ST 100 150 200
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 12 M8 96 123 150 177 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 10 14 5 17
STK
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 14 M10×1.25 99 129 159 189 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 10 16.5 6 18
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 17 18 M10×1.25 101 131 161 191 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 10 20 6 18
SRL3
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 19 25 M14×1.5 108 138 168 198 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 13 12 26 8 20
SRG3
X
HD RD
51 101 151 SRM3
Bore size 5 to T2, T3 T0/T5
to to to XF b d s ℓ P GB GN GL T0/ T2 T2W
(mm) 50ST 5 to 51 ≤ 101 ≤ 151 ≤ 5 to 51 ≤ 101 ≤ 151 ≤
100 150 200 T5 T3 T3W SRT3
50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200
φ20 133 160 187 214 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 18.5 30 4 7 9.5 33.5 60.5 87.5 114.5 34.5 61.5 88.5 115.5
MRL2
φ25 141 171 201 231 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 18.5 30 3 6 8.5 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5
φ32 143 173 203 233 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 18.5 32 4 7 9.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5
MRG2
φ40 160 190 220 250 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 20.5 36 6 9 11.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5
SM‑25
GL HD RD
Bore size T2W, T3W T2, T3 T0/T5 T2W, T3W T2, T3
T0, T0/ T2 T2W GD P1 P2 P3 Pθ ShkAbs
(mm) 5 to 51 ≤ 101 151 T2W, 5 to 51 ≤ 101 151 5 to 51 ≤ 101 151 5 to 51 ≤ 101 151
T5 T5 T3 T3W
50 100 ≤ 150 ≤ 200 T3W 50 100 ≤ 150 ≤ 200 50 100 ≤ 150 ≤ 200 50 100 ≤ 150 ≤ 200 FJ
φ20 35.5 62.5 89.5 116.5 30.5 29.5 5.5 6.5 9.5 33.5 60.5 87.5 14.5 34.5 61.5 88.5 115.5 35.5 62.5 89.5 116.5 1.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 29.5 28.5 4.5 5.5 8.5 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 0.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
FK
φ32 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 30.5 29.5 5.5 6.5 9.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 1.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 42.5 72.5 102.5 132.5 32.5 31.5 7.5 8.5 11.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 42.5 72.5 102.5 132.5 3.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) Spd
Contr
* ‌Installation dimensions other than X and LL of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 226 to 237.
Ending
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
245
Single acting/pull
SCP*3
SCM-Y Series
● Bore size: φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-Y
SCA2 Actuation Single acting/pull
SCS2
CKV2
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
0
CAT Note: ‌Do not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized for a long time. If it is left pressurized for long
periods, the piston rod may not return due to spring load when the pressure is released.
MDC2
Stroke length Spring load (Unit: N)
MVC Bore size Standard stroke Max. stroke Min. stroke Bore size When stroke At full stroke
(mm) length (mm) length (mm) length (mm) (mm) length = 0 length operation
SMG φ20 φ20 11.8 38
25, 50, 75
MSD/ φ25 φ25 12.5 40.2
100, 125 200 5
MSDG φ32 φ32 24.3 54.9
150, 200
φ40 φ40 28.4 100
FC*
STK
SRM3 φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
ShkAbs φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK *1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke length is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail
mounting position is different. Refer to page 329 for mounting position.
Spd
Contr
Ending
246
SCM-Y Series
Specifications
Dedicated for
For programming controller, For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable Dedicated for
Applications SCM
relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay programmable controller
SCG
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC -
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VDC ±10% SCA2
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*2) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA ≤50 mA ≤20 mA 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green Red/green SCS2
Indicator LED Without LED
lamp (Lit when ON) indicator lamp (Lit when ON) CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or CAV2/
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSG
*1 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 1 for other switch specifications.
*2 : ‌The above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C. SSD
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*3 : ‌The T0/T5 switch can also be used with 220 VAC. Contact CKD about working conditions.
*4 : ‌Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD) cannot be used in DC magnetic field. CAT
*5: Dimensions depend on switch model No. Refer to Ending Page 18 for details.
MDC2
Cylinder weight
MVC
● Stroke length 5 to 50 (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight
SMG
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch
φ20 0.14 0.25 0.17 0.19 0.15 0.010 0.012 0.007 MSD/
Refer to the weight
φ25 0.22 0.35 0.26 0.30 0.24 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSDG
in the switch
φ32 0.33 0.49 0.39 0.48 0.36 0.018 0.020 0.007
φ40 0.54 0.76 0.62 0.77 0.59
specifications.
0.030 0.032 0.007 FC*
● Stroke length 51 to 100 (Unit: kg) STK

Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch SRL3
φ20 0.17 0.28 0.20 0.22 0.18 0.010 0.012 0.007
Refer to the weight
φ25 0.28 0.41 0.32 0.36 0.30
in the switch
0.014 0.016 0.007 SRG3
φ32 0.40 0.56 0.46 0.55 0.43 0.018 0.020 0.007
specifications.
φ40 0.67 0.89 0.75 0.90 0.72 0.030 0.032 0.007 SRM3

SRT3
MRL2
φ20 0.21 0.32 0.24 0.26 0.22 0.010 0.012 0.007
Refer to the weight
φ25 0.33 0.46 0.37 0.41 0.35 0.014 0.016 0.007
φ32 0.47 0.63 0.53 0.62 0.50
in the switch
0.018 0.020 0.007
MRG2
specifications.
φ40 0.80 1.02 0.88 1.03 0.85 0.030 0.032 0.007
SM‑25
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight ShkAbs
φ20 0.24 0.35 0.27 0.29 0.25
Refer to the weight
0.010 0.012 0.007 FJ
φ25 0.39 0.52 0.43 0.47 0.41 0.014 0.016 0.007
in the switch
φ32 0.54 0.70 0.60 0.69 0.57 0.018 0.020 0.007 FK
specifications.
φ40 0.92 1.14 1.00 1.15 0.97 0.030 0.032 0.007
Spd
Additional weight when S = 100 mm 0.032×
100
=0.32 kg
Contr
10
(Example) Product weight of SCM-Y-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight 0.89 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.246 kg Ending
247
SCM-Y Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Without switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-Y LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 FB Head side flange
SCM-Y LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I CA Eye bracket
SCM TA Rod side trunnion
TB Head side trunnion
A Mounting
SCG *1 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size
20 φ20
SCA2 25 φ25
32 φ32
40 φ40
SCS2
C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CKV2
CAV2/ G G thread (custom order product)
COVP/N2 D Cushion
D Cushion
SSD2
E Stroke length
SSG Bore size Stroke length *2 Custom stroke length
SSD Precautions for model No. selection F Switch model No.

F Switch model No.
Contact
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. *3 Display
CAT *2 : Refer to page 246 for the number of installed *4 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
switches and the min. stroke length. T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
Reed
*3 : Switches other than ● F Switch model No. are T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
MDC2 also available. (Custom order) T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T1H* T1V* ●
MVC *4 : T
8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the switch
2-wire
mounting style is the rail.
*5 : T
he instantaneous max. temperature is the T3H* T3V* ●
SMG 3-wire
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom)
instantaneously contact the bellows. T2WH* T2WV* Proximity ●
MSD/ *6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
MSDG specifications of rod end form. 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
*7 : “ Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available 3-wire
FC* for the “Z” switch mounting. T3YH* T3YV* ●
*8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
*9 : S witches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD T2YDT* - ● for AC magnetic field
STK if assembling before shipment is necessary. T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
* Lead wire length
SRL3
[Example of model No.] Blank 1 m (standard)
SRG3 SCM-Y-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI
3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
Model: Round shaped cylinder, single acting/pull
● Switch quantity
G
SRM3 A Mounting : Axial foot G Switch quantity
●
B Bore size : φ40 mm R 1 on rod side
SRT3 ●
C Port thread : Rc thread H 1 on head side
●
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion D 2
●
E Stroke length :100 mm T 3
MRL2 ●
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
●
G Switch quantity :2
Switch mounting
●
H
H Switch mounting : Rail
MRG2 H Switch mounting
●
Blank Rail method
I Option : ‌Bellows material/max. ambient
temperature 60°C Z Band method
SM‑25 ●J Accessory : Rod eye I Option
I Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
ShkAbs How to order mounting bracket *5, *7
J Bellows material 60°C 100°C
K Bellows material 100°C 200°C
Bore size (mm)
FJ φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 L Bellows material 250°C 400°C
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40
FK M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 P6 Copper and PTFE free
Spd Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 J Accessory
Contr Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 J Accessory I Rod eye
*8
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
Ending *2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set. B2 Clevis bracket
248
SCM-Y Series
How to order/internal structure
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T 40 100
CMA2
Mounting rail
Switch model No. Bore size SCM
previous page) previous page) (Item B on the
SCG
previous page) (*1)
Switch quantity Stroke length (*1) Stroke length (*2)
(Item G on the (Item E on the (Item E on the SCA2
previous page) previous page) previous page)
*1: ‌Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm. SCS2
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same CKV2
number of rails as that of applicable switches.
CAV2/
[Switch mounting: Band] [Switch body only] COVP/N2
SW T0H SSD2
SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40
SSG
Switch model No.
Switch model No. Bore size (Item F on the
(Item F on the
SSD
(Item B on the previous page)
Bore size CAT
(Item B on the
previous page)
MDC2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MVC
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102 SMG
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102 MSD/
φ25 MSDG
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102
φ32 FC*
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103
φ40 STK
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Internal structure and parts list SRL3
SRG3
1 2 3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
Repair parts list FJ

Numbering of repair parts follows that in the internal structure of the
SCM Series (page 222).
FK
No. Part name Material Remarks Bore size (mm) Kit No. Repair parts No.
1 Spring holder A Aluminum alloy φ20 SCM-Y-20DK Spd
2 Coil spring Piano wire Electrodeposition φ25 SCM-Y-25DK Contr
3 6 8 10 13
3 Spring holder B Aluminum alloy φ32 SCM-Y-32DK
φ40 SCM-Y-40DK
Ending
Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
249
SCM-Y Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Single acting pull (00) · Switch mounting method: Rail MN (Tang)
CMK2
CMA2 MO
X + 2 × stroke length
SCM X + ℓ + 2 x stroke length MC A WF + stroke length LL + stroke length 2
A WF + ℓ + stroke length GB A WF 2 GM GL + stroke length GH
C
SCG 2-EE
RD HD
8-DA 18 C T QA QB
b
φMM
SCA2
φMM
P
SD
φD
φd
φJ
φJ
φs
SCS2
XF + ℓ + stroke length SD KK 2 MO KK XF + stroke length MA 4-MD MB
CKV2
Hexagon B GR
CAV2/ With bellows
COVP/N2 φ20/φ25
SSD2 GL + stroke length HD
GC
30.5 30.5
SSG (Pθ)
7.9 GR RD HD GH
a b
SSD a b
P1
CAT In the case of T2W, T3W

P2 10 10
MDC2
MVC
Code Basic (00) basic dimensions LL
5 to Over 50 Over 100 Over 150
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR GH J KK MA MB MC MD MM MN
SMG 50 to 100 to 150 to 200
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 12 M8 96 123 150 177 11 11 24 M5 8 6
MSD/ φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 14 M10×1.25 99 129 159 189 11 11 29 M6 10 8
MSDG φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 17 18 M10×1.25 101 131 161 191 11 10 36 M8 12 10
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 19 25 M14×1.5 108 138 168 198 12 10 44 M10 16 14
FC*
STK X
Bore size (mm) MO QA QB SD T WF 5 to Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 XF b d s ℓ GM GL P GB
SRL3 50 to 100 to 150 to 200
φ20 4 12 10 14 5 17 133 160 187 214 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 20.5 30 19.5 23
φ25 5 12 10 16.5 6 18 141 171 201 231 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 20.5 30 22 24.4
SRG3
φ32 5.5 12 10 20 6 18 143 173 203 233 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 20.5 32 25.5 25
SRM3 φ40 6 13 12 26 8 20 160 190 220 250 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 21.5 36 30 25.7
SRT3 HD RD HD
Bore size (mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T0/ T2 T2W T0/T5
Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150
MRL2 5 to 50
to 100 to 150 to 200
5 to 50
to 100 to 150 to 200
5 to 50
to 100 to 150 to 200 T5 T3 T3W 5 to 50
to 100 to 150 to 200
φ20 31.0 58.0 85.0 112.0 34.0 61.0 88.0 115.0 36.5 63.5 90.5 117.5 5 6 7 32.5 59.5 86.5 113.5
MRG2 φ25 33.0 63.0 93.0 123.0 36.0 66.0 96.0 126.0 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 6 7 8 34.5 64.5 94.5 124.5
φ32 34.0 64.0 94.0 124.0 37.0 67.0 97.0 127.0 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 7 8 9 35.5 65.5 95.5 125.5
SM‑25 φ40 36.0 66.0 96.0 126.0 39.0 69.0 99.0 129.0 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 9 10 11 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5
Code
ShkAbs RD
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T0/ T2 T2W GC P1 P2 P3 Pθ
FJ 5 to 50
Over 50 Over 100 Over 150
to 100 to 150 to 200
5 to 50
Over 50 Over 100 Over 150
to 100 to 150 to 200 T5 T3 T3W
φ20 33.5 60.5 87.5 114.5 36.5 63.5 90.5 117.5 6.5 7.5 7 2.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK φ25 35.5 65.5 95.5 125.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 7.5 8.5 8 3.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ32 36.5 66.5 96.5 126.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 8.5 9.5 9 4.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Spd
φ40 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 10.5 11.5 11 6.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Contr
* Installation dimensions other than X and LL of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 226 to 237.
Ending
250
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
251
Round shaped cylinder/
Double acting/stroke adjustable/push
SCP*3
SCM-P Series
● Bore size:φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40/φ50/φ63
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-P
Bore size mm φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 +2.3
0 0
Adjustable stroke range mm 25, 50
CAT Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
MDC2
Stroke length
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke length (mm) Max. stroke length (mm) Min. stroke length (mm)
MVC
φ20
φ25
SMG 25, 50, 75
φ32
MSD/ 100, 125, 150 600 10
φ40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
φ50
FC* φ63
STK
SRM3 φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
SM‑25 Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
ShkAbs Bore size (mm) Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending *1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke length is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail
252
SCM-P Series
Specifications
CKV2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m :33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m.:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m :87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m :87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1 : Refer to Ending Page 1 for other switch specifications. SSG
*2 : ‌The above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than
25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD
*3 : The T0/T5 switch can also be used with 220 VAC. Contact CKD about working conditions.
CAT
MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MVC

Item/mounting Adjustable Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight
(Unit: kg)
Bore size (mm) stroke range Basic Axial foot Flange Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm 10 mm (with rail) per switch SMG
25 0.18 0.29 0.26 0.19
φ20 0.010 0.012 0.007 MSD/
50 0.21 0.31 0.29 0.22 MSDG
25 0.33 0.44 0.43 0.35
φ25 0.014 0.016 0.007 FC*
50 0.37 0.48 0.47 0.39
25 0.50 0.64 0.64 0.53 Refer to the
φ32 0.018 0.020 0.007 STK
50 0.56 0.71 0.70 0.59 weight in the
25 0.93 1.12 1.13 0.98 switch
φ40 0.030 0.032 0.007 SRL3
50 1.03 1.22 1.23 1.08 specifications.
25 1.71 2.12 2.05 1.85 SRG3
φ50 0.044 0.046 0.008
50 1.90 2.31 2.24 2.04
25 2.25 2.87 2.75 2.39 SRM3
φ63 0.052 0.054 0.009
50 2.44 3.06 2.94 2.58
SRT3
Product weight when S = 0 mm.............. 1.22 kg
100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm...... 0.032× 10 =0.32 kg MRL2
(Example) Product weight of SCM-P-LB-40D-100-50-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches............................... 0.036 kg
Product weight........................................ 1.22 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.576 kg MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa FJ
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
φ20 Push/Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102 FK
φ25 Push/Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
φ32 Push/Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102 Spd
φ40 Push/Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Contr
φ50 Push/Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
Ending
φ63 Push/Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
253
SCM-P Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-P LB 40 D 100 25 J I LB Axial foot
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM-P LB 40 D 100 25 T0H D J I TA Rod side trunnion
SCM A Mounting B Bore size (mm)
*1 B Bore size 20 φ20
25 φ25
SCG
32 φ32
40 φ40
SCA2 50 φ50
63 φ63
SCS2 C Port thread
CKV2 N NPT thread (custom order product)
G G thread (custom order product)
CAV2/ D Cushion
COVP/N2 D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion
SSD2 E Stroke length (mm)
E Stroke length
SSG φ20 to φ63 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Adjustable stroke range (mm)
F Adjustable stroke range 25 25
SSD
50 50
CAT G Switch model No.

G Switch model No. Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Reed Contact
*3 Display
MDC2 *4
MVC T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
Precautions for model No. selection T1H* T1V* ●
2-wire
SMG *1 : ‌A mounting bracket will be shipped with the product T2H* T2V* ● 1-color display
if LB, FB or TB is selected. FA/TA is shipped with the T3H* T3V* ●
product. 3-wire
MSD/ T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom)
MSDG *2 : Refer
‌ to page 252 for the number of installed ●
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
switches and the min. stroke length. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
FC* *3 : ‌Switches other than G Switch model No. are 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
T3YH* T3YV* ●
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details.
STK *4 : ‌T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore
T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
SRL3 style is the rail. T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
*5 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the * Lead wire length
*6 : Refer
‌ to Ending Page 85 for custom 5 5 m (option)
SRM3 specifications of rod end form.
*7 : ‌”Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available H Switch quantity
for the “Z” switch mounting. H Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
SRT3 *8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. H 1 on head side
*9 : ‌Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD
D 2
if assembling before shipment is necessary.
MRL2 T 3
4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
[Example of model No.]
MRG2 I Switch mounting
SCM-P-LB-40D-100-25-T0H-D-JI I Switch mounting Blank Rail method
Z Band method
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
Mounting
A : Axial foot J Option
Bore size : φ40 mm J Option
B Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
ShkAbs *5, *7
C Port thread : Rc thread J Bellows 60°C 100°C
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion K Bellows 100°C 200°C
FJ E Stroke length : 100 mm L Bellows 250°C 400°C
F Adjustable stroke range : 25 mm Q Switch rail attached at shipment
FK G Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1m M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
H Switch quantity :2 P6 Copper and PTFE free
Spd I Switch mounting : Rail method K Accessory
Contr J Option :B‌ ellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C K Accessory I Rod eye
K Accessory : Rod eye *8
Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
Ending
B2 Clevis bracket
254
SCM-P Series
How to order
[Switch mounting: Rail] [Switch mounting: Band]
● Switch body + mounting rail set ● Switch body + mounting bracket set + band CMK2
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T2H* 40 Z
CMA2
Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No. SCM

(Item G on the previous page) (Item B on the (Item on the previous page)
G
previous page) SCG
Bore size
Switch quantity Stroke length (*1) (Item B on the
(Item H on the (Item E on the previous page) SCA2
SCS2
● Mounting rail only ● Mounting bracket set + band
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail
COVP/N2
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on the SSD2
(Item B on the
previous page)
previous page) (*1)
SSG
Stroke length (*2)
(Item E on the [Switch body only]
previous page) SSD
SW T0H
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment CAT
Switch model No. MDC2
(Item G on the
previous page) MVC
SMG
How to order mounting bracket MSD/

Bore size (mm) MSDG
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63
Mounting bracket FC*
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 STK
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
255
SCM-P Series
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 11 13 14 15 16 17
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/ 18
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
SSD φ20, φ25: Stainless steel 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber
2 Piston rod R Industrial chrome plating
φ32 to φ63: Steel 12 Magnet Plastic
CAT 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
13 Piston H
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 φ50, φ63: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MDC2 φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy 14 Cover Steel Zinc chromate
5 Rod cover Paint
φ50, φ63: Aluminum alloy die-casting 15 Piston rod H Steel Industrial chrome plating
MVC 6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 16 Stopper Steel Zinc chromate
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 17 Hexagon nut Steel Nickeling
SMG 8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 18 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Black finish
MSD/ φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy

9 Piston R
φ50, φ63: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MSDG
*1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
FC*
STK
Repair parts list
SRL3
φ20 SCM-D-20DK
SRG3
φ25 SCM-D-25DK
φ32 SCM-D-32DK
SRM3 3 6 8 10
φ40 SCM-D-40DK
φ50 SCM-D-50DK
SRT3
φ63 SCM-D-63DK
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
256
SCM-P Series
Double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
Dimensions SCP*3
● Double acting/stroke adjustable (push) · Switch mounting method: Rail
MN (Tang) CMK2
CMA2
MO
X + (2 × stroke length) + a* SCM
A WF LL + stroke length RC + stroke length + a*
MC C 2 GR RD HD GR RA 2 RB + a* RI SCG
T QA 2-EE QA Stroke length FR
GB
A WF SCA2
4-DA 18
C
SCS2
φMM
φUB
φUA
φMM
φMM
P
CKV2
SD
φJ
φD
KK
2 Hexagon B RG (Tang) CAV2/
KK MO
SD XF MA 4-MD MA RH RE COVP/N2
φ20/φ25 HD
SSD2
· Switch mounting: Band SSG

GC GD
X + ℓ + (2 × stroke length) + a*
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GR SSD
A WF + ℓ
7.9 RD HD
a b
b CAT
a b In the case of T2W, T3W
P1
MDC2
φd
φs
XF + ℓ
P2 MVC
10 10
With bellows
* a: Adjustable stroke length.
SMG
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSD/
Code Basic (00) basic dimensions MSDG
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO QA SD T WF X XF
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 71 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 14 5 17 141 35 FC*
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M10×1.25 71 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 16.5 6 18 152 40
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M10×1.25 73 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 20 6 18 154 40
STK
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M14×1.5 79 12 44 M10 16 14 6 13 26 8 20 188 50
φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M18×1.5 93 13 55 M12 20 17 8 15 32 11 23 217 58
SRL3
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M18×1.5 93 13 69 M14 20 17 8 15 38 11 23 217 58
SRG3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) RA RB RC RE RI RF RG RH UA UB b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W SRM3
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5
φ20 8 19 35 M6 6 7 10 4 11.5 12 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5
SRT3
φ25 10 22 41 M8 7 9 14 5 13.5 16 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5
φ32 10 22 41 M8 7 10 17 5 17.5 20 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5
MRL2
φ40 18 30 59 M12×1.5 9 12 22 6 24 25 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5
φ50 20 32 66 M16×1.5 12 15 30 8 29 35 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0
MRG2
φ63 20 32 66 M16×1.5 12 15 30 10 29 35 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0
SM‑25
RD GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
ShkAbs
φ20 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
FJ
φ32 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
FK
φ50 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
* I‌ nstallation dimensions of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 226 to 237.
Ending
257
Round shaped cylinder/
Double acting/stroke adjustable/pull
SCP*3
SCM-R Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-R
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar) 0.05 (≈7.3 psi, 0.5 bar)
CKV2
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 ( to 1000) +1.4 ( to 1500) +2.3( to 1000), +2.7( to 1500)
0 0 0 0
Adjustable stroke range mm 25, 50
MDC2 Stroke length

MVC φ20
φ25 1000
SMG 25, 50, 75
φ32
100, 125, 150 10
MSD/ φ40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
φ50 1500
FC* φ63
*2: Stroke length of more than 600 mm will be custom order. Contact CKD for details.
STK
SRM3
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90

φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
258
SCM-R Series
Specifications
CMK2
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve relay (no lamp), serial programmable controller
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay controller, relay SCM
CKV2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m.:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m :33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m.:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m :87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*2 : ‌The above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher
than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD
CAT

MDC2
Item/mounting Adjustable Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight
Bore size (mm) stroke range Basic Axial foot Flange Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm 10 mm (with rail) per switch MVC
25 0.14 0.25 0.17 0.15
φ20 0.010 0.012 0.007
50 0.15 0.25 0.18 0.16 SMG
25 0.25 0.36 0.29 0.27
φ25 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
50 0.26 0.37 0.30 0.28
25 0.37 0.52 0.43 0.40 Refer to the MSDG
φ32 0.018 0.020 0.007
50 0.38 0.52 0.44 0.41 weight in the
FC*
25 0.70 0.89 0.78 0.75 switch
φ40 0.030 0.032 0.007
50 0.72 0.91 0.80 0.77 specifications. STK
25 1.30 1.71 1.64 1.44
φ50 0.044 0.046 0.008
50 1.33 1.75 1.67 1.47
SRL3
25 1.83 2.45 2.33 1.97
φ63 0.052 0.054 0.009
50 1.86 2.48 2.36 2.00
SRG3
Product weight when S = 0 mm................ 0.89 kg
Additional weight when S = 100 mm........ 0.032× 10 = 0.32 kg
100
SRM3
(Example) Product weight of SCM-R-LB-40D-100-25-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches................................. 0.036 kg
Product weight.......................................... 0.89 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg = 1.246 kg SRT3
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MRG2
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102 SM‑25
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102 ShkAbs
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102 FJ
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
φ40
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103 FK
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103 Spd
φ50
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
Contr
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103
φ63 Ending
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
259
SCM-R Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-R LB 40 D 100 25 J I LB Axial foot
CMA2 SCM-R LB 40 D 100 25 T0H D J I TA Rod side trunnion
SCM B Bore size (mm)

B Bore size 20 φ20
Mounting 25 φ25
SCG A
32 φ32
*1
40 φ40
SCA2 50 φ50
63 φ63
SCS2 C Port thread
CKV2 N NPT thread (custom order product)
CAV2/ D Cushion
COVP/N2 D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion

E Stroke length Bore size Stroke length *2 Custom stroke length
φ20 to φ32 10 to 1000
SSG In 1 mm increments
φ40 to φ63 10 to 1500
F Adjustable stroke range (mm)
SSD F Adjustable stroke range 25 25
50 50
CAT G Switch model No.
G Switch model No. Axial Radial Voltage
Reed Contact
Lead
*3 Display
MDC2 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*4
MVC T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG
2-wire
*1 : ‌A mounting bracket will be shipped with the product
T3H* T3V* ●
MSD/ if LB, FB or TB is selected. FA/TA is shipped with the 3-wire
product. T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom)
MSDG
Proximity
*2 : Refer
‌ to page 258 for the number of installed T2WH* T2WV* ●
2-wire
FC* switches and the min. stroke length. T2YH* T2YV* ●
2-color display
*3 : ‌Switches other than G Switch model No. are T3WH* T3WV* ●
3-wire
also available. (Custom order) T3YH* T3YV* ●
STK ●
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YD* - 2-color display
2-wire
*4 : ‌T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
SRL3 size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
style is the rail.
* Lead wire length
*5 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the
SRG3 Blank 1 m (standard)
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc.,
instantaneously contact the bellows. 3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
SRM3 *6 : Refer
‌ to Ending Page 85 for custom
specifications of rod end form. H Switch quantity
*7 : ‌“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available H Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
SRT3 for the “Z” switch mounting.
*8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
H 1 on head side
*9 : ‌Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD D 2
MRL2 if assembling before shipment is necessary. T 3
MRG2 [Example of model No.] I Switch mounting
I Switch mounting
SCM-R-LB-40D-100-25-T0H-D-JI Blank Rail method
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/stroke adjustable (pull) Z Band method
Mounting
A : Axial foot
J Option
J Option
ShkAbs B Bore size : φ40 mm Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*5
C Port thread
J Bellows 60°C 100°C
: Rc thread *7
K Bellows 100°C 200°C
FJ D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
E Stroke length :100 mm
F Adjustable stroke range : 25 mm
FK M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
G Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
Spd H Switch quantity :2
Contr I Switch mounting : Rail method K Accessory
K Accessory I Rod eye
J Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C
*8 Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
Ending K Accessory : Rod eye
B2 Clevis bracket
260
SCM-R Series
How to order
CMA2

(Item B on the (Item G on the
(Item G on the
previous page)
previous page) previous page) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail
COVP/N2
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on the SSD2
(Item B on the
previous page)
previous page) (*1)
SSG
Stroke length (*2)
(Item E on the
previous page) SSD
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MDC2
MVC
[Switch body only] SMG

SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
FC*
Switch model No.
(Item G on the
previous page) STK
SRL3
Bore size (mm) SRG3
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SRM3
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 SRT3
*2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set. MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
261
SCM-R Series
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
18 19
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
SSG 1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
2 Piston rod Steel Industrial chrome plating 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber
SSD 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 12 Magnet Plastic
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
CAT 13 Piston H
φ50, φ63: Aluminum alloy die-casting
φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
5 Rod cover Paint
φ50, φ63: Aluminum alloy die-casting 14 Bolt Steel Zinc chromate
MDC2 6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 15 Gasket Nitrile rubber
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 16 Cover Steel Zinc chromate
MVC 8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 17 Die thread Steel + nitrile rubber
φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy 18 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Black finish
SMG 9 Piston R
φ50, φ63: Aluminum alloy die-casting 19 Hexagon nut Steel Nickeling
MSD/ *1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
MSDG
FC*
Repair parts list
STK
φ20 SCM-R-20DK
φ25 SCM-R-25DK
SRL3
φ32 SCM-R-32DK
3 6 10 15 17
SRG3 φ40 SCM-R-40DK
φ50 SCM-R-50DK
SRM3 φ63 SCM-R-63DK
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
262
SCM-R Series
Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)
Dimensions SCP*3
● Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull) · Switch mounting method: Rail
CMK2
X + stroke length + a*
MN (Tang)
MC A WF LL + stroke length RC+a* CMA2
GB C N GR RD HD GR RB RF + a* RI
MO QA QA RA
SCM
18 T 2-EE
A WF
SCG
4-DA C
SCA2
φMM
φMM
P
SCS2
SD
φD
φJ
KK Hexagon B RE HD CKV2
KK 2 MO
SD XF MA 4-MD MA RG
CAV2/
φ20/φ25 COVP/N2
SSD2

SSG
GC GD
X + ℓ + stroke length + a* (Pθ) In the case of T2W, T3W
GR 30.5 30.5 GR SSD
A WF + ℓ 7.9 RD HD
a b
b a b CAT
P1
MDC2
φs
φd
XF + ℓ
10 10 MVC
P2
With bellows
*: a indicates adjustable stroke length
SMG
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSD/
Code Basic (00) basic dimensions MSDG
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO N QA SD T WF X
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 71 11 24 M5 8 6 4 2 12 14 5 17 128.5
FC*
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M10×1.25 71 11 29 M6 10 8 5 2 12 16.5 6 18 141
STK
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M10×1.25 73 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 2 12 20 6 18 140
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M14×1.5 79 12 44 M10 16 14 6 2 13 26 8 20 169
SRL3
φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M18×1.5 93 13 55 M12 20 17 8 2 15 32 11 23 198
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M18×1.5 93 13 69 M14 20 17 8 2 15 38 11 23 198
SRG3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) XF RA RB RC RE RI RF RG b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W
SRM3
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W
φ20 35 8 16 22.5 M6 4 2.5 4 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SRT3
φ25 40 10 20 30 M8 4 6 5 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
φ32 40 10 20 27 M8 4 3 5 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
MRL2
φ40 50 18 32 40 M12×1.5 5 3 6 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
φ50 58 20 37 47 M16×1.5 7 3 8 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
MRG2
φ63 58 20 37 47 M16×1.5 7 3 10 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Code Switch mounting: Band SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W ShkAbs
φ20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) FJ
φ32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) FK
φ50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
* Installation dimensions of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 226 to 237.
Ending
263
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/heat resistant
SCM-T Series
SCP*3 ● Bore size: ‌φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40
CMK2
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-T
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/heat resistant
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 120 (248°F)

COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
+1.8 ( to 1000) +1.8 ( to 1500) +1.4 ( to 1000) +1.8 ( to 1500)
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm , 0
0 0 0
SSG Cushion Rubber cushion Air cushion
Lubrication *1 Not available
SSD Allowable With rubber cushion 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 — — — —
absorbed With air cushion — — — — 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
CAT
energy J Without cushion — — — — 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
*1 : Periodically apply additional heat-resistant grease.
MDC2 *2 : For absorbed energy of the type without cushion, refer to Ending Page 68.
*3 : ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for “No cushion” are the allowable absorbed energy on the non-specified side when an air cushion is selected
MVC for the other side (“R”→ Head side, “H”→ Rod side).
*4 : Without any cushion, this product cannot absorb large energy generated by an external load. Provide a shock absorber on the outside.
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
Stroke length
FC*
φ20
STK
φ25 1000
φ32
SRL3 25, 50, 75
φ40
100, 125, 150 10
φ50
SRG3 200, 250, 300
φ63 1500
φ80
SRM3
φ100
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
264
SCM-T Series
Specifications
SCP*3
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Additional weight
(Unit:
S =kg)
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion per 10 mm CMK2
φ20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.010
φ25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 CMA2
φ32 0.25 0.41 0.31 0.40 0.28 0.018
φ40 0.40 0.62 0.48 0.63 0.45 0.030 SCM
φ50 0.75 1.23 1.09 1.15 0.89 0.044
φ63 1.05 1.77 1.55 1.73 1.19 0.052 SCG
φ80 2.02 2.98 2.73 2.73 - 0.070
φ100 3.14 4.89 4.49 4.42 - 0.098 SCA2
Product weight when S = 0 mm........ 0.62 kg
100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm...... 0.030× 10 =0.30 kg SCS2
(Example) Product weight of SCM-T-LB-40-100
Product weight.................................. 0.62 kg + 0.30 kg
=0.92 kg CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa SSG
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SSD
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
CAT
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×10 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102
2
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102 MDC2
Push 80.4 1.21×10 1.61×10 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102
2 2
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102 MVC
Push 1.26×10 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103
2
φ40
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103 SMG
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103
φ50 MSD/
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103 MSDG
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103
φ63 FC*
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
Push 5.03×10 7.54×10 1.01×10 1.51×10 2.01×10 2.51×10 3.02×10 3.52×10 4.02×10 4.52×10 5.03×10
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
φ80 STK
Pull 4.54×102 6.80×102 9.07×102 1.36×103 1.81×103 2.27×103 2.72×103 3.17×103 3.63×103 4.08×103 4.54×103
Push 7.85×102 1.18×103 1.57×103 2.36×103 3.14×103 3.93×103 4.71×103 5.50×103 6.28×103 7.07×103 7.85×103
φ100 SRL3
Pull 7.15×102 1.07×103 1.43×103 2.14×103 2.86×103 3.57×103 4.29×103 5.00×103 5.72×103 6.43×103 7.15×103
SRG3
SRM3
Dimensions SRT3
The same dimensions as those of the standard single rod. Refer to pages 226 to 237. MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
265
SCM-T Series
SCP*3
How to order
Without switch
CMK2 SCM-T LB 40 D 100 L I

Code Content
CMA2 A Mounting
A Mounting
*1 Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
SCM E Stroke length 00 Basic ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LB Axial foot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCG FA Rod side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
F Option FB Head side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCA2 CA Eye bracket ● ● ● ● ● ●
CB Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring attached) ● ●
SCS2 TA Rod side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
G Accessory
*3, *4 TB Head side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
CKV2
B Bore size (mm)
CAV2/ B Bore size
20 φ20
COVP/N2
25 φ25
SSD2 32 φ32
40 φ40
SSG 50 φ50
63 φ63
SSD 80 φ80
100 φ100
CAT
C Port thread
C Port thread
MDC2 Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (custom order product) With air cushion: φ32 and over
MVC G G thread (custom order product) With air cushion: φ32 and over
D Cushion
SMG D Cushion
*2 Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
MSD/ B With two-sided air cushion ● ● ● ●
MSDG
Precautions for model No. selection
R Rod side air cushioned ● ● ● ●
*1 : ‌Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
H Head side air cushioned ● ● ● ●
FC* *2 : ‌B/R/H are not available for φ20 to φ40.
Only D is available. D With two-sided rubber cushion ● ● ● ●
D is not available for φ50 to φ100.
STK Only B/R/H are available. E Stroke length (mm)
*3 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom Bore size Stroke length Custom stroke length
SRL3 specifications of rod end form. φ20 to φ32 10 to 1000
*4 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. In 1 mm increments
φ40 to φ100 10 to 1500
SRG3 [Example of model No.]
F Option
SCM-T-LB-40D-100-LI Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
SRM3
Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/heat resistant L Bellows material: Silicone rubber glass cloth 250°C 400°C
SRT3 A Mounting : Axial foot M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
C Port thread : Rc thread G Accessory
MRL2 D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
E Stroke length :100 mm I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
MRG2 F Option : B‌ ellows material for max. ambient temperature 250°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
G Accessory : Rod eye
SM‑25
B2 Clevis bracket ● ● ● ● ● ●
ShkAbs
Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100
FJ Mounting bracket
FK Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100
Spd Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100
Contr
Ending *1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts.
266
SCM-T Series
Internal structure and parts list SCP*3
● φ20 to φ40 (with rubber cushion)
CMK2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
● φ50 to φ100 (with air cushion)
SSD2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 10 12 13 14 15 16
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks FC*
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 10 Piston packing Fluoro rubber
2 Piston rod
φ20, φ25: Stainless steel
Industrial chrome plating
11 Piston gasket Fluoro rubber STK
φ32 to φ100: Steel
φ20 to φ32: Aluminum alloy
12 Piston ring φ40 to φ100: Zinc chromate
3 Rod packing Fluoro rubber φ40 to φ100: Steel SRL3
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy 13 Wear ring Special resin
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy *1 Paint φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy SRG3
14 Piston H
6 Cylinder gasket Fluoro rubber φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 15 Head cover Aluminum alloy *1 Paint SRM3
8 Cushion rubber Fluoro rubber 16 Cushion packing Fluoro rubber/steel
9 Piston R
φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy SRT3
φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
*1: Aluminum alloy die-casting for φ50 and φ63. MRL2
MRG2
Repair parts list SM‑25
φ20 SCM-T-20K
ShkAbs
φ25 SCM-T-25K
3 6 8 10 13
φ32 SCM-T-32K
FJ
φ40 SCM-T-40K
φ50 SCM-T-50K
FK
φ63 SCM-T-63K 3 6
φ80 SCM-T-80K 10 13 16 Spd

φ100 SCM-T-100K Contr
Ending
267
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/position locking
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3 ● Bore size: ‌φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40
CMK2
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-Q
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/position locking
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/ Port size M5 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
COVP/N2 Stroke tolerance mm
+1.4 ( to 1000) +1.4 ( to 1500) +1.4 ( to 1000) +1.8 ( to 1500)
0 0 0 , 0
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 30 to 500 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
Cushion Air cushion *1: ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for
“No cushion” are the allowable absorbed
SSG Effective air cushion length mm 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 13.4 13.4 15.4 15.4
energy on the non-specified side when an air
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication) cushion is selected for the other side (“R” ⇒
SSD Position locking mechanism Head side or rod side Head side, “H” ⇒ Rod side).
Holding force N Max. thrust x 0.7 *2: ‌Without any cushion, this product cannot
absorb large energy generated by an external
Allowable Cushioned 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.7 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
CAT load.
absorbed energy J Without cushion - - - - 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
Provide a shock absorber on the outside.
MDC2 Stroke length
MVC φ20
φ25 1000
SMG φ32
25/50/75/
φ40
100/125/150/ 10
MSD/ φ50
MSDG 200/250/300
φ63 1500
φ80 *1: ‌The custom stroke length is available in
FC*
φ100 1 mm increments.

● Switch mounting method: Rail
SRG3 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3 φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
φ80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
ShkAbs φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr φ100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
268
SCM-Q Series
Specifications
Descriptions T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/T3PV T3YH/ T3WH/
CMK2
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V T2YD
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V (custom) T3YV T3WV
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable For programmable CMA2
Applications For programmable controller, relay
relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay controller
SCM
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC -
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*2) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA SCG
Indicator LED Without indicator LED
(Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED SCA2
lamp (Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA SCS2
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166 CKV2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1 : Refer to Ending Page 1 for other switch specifications. CAV2/
*2 : ‌The above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher COVP/N2
than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*3 : The T0/T5 switch can also be used with 220 VAC. Contact CKD about working conditions. SSD2
SSG
Cylinder weight
● With rod side position locking (R) (Unit: kg) SSD
Bore size (mm) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch
φ20 0.15 0.26 0.18 0.20 0.16 0.010 0.012 0.007 CAT
φ25 0.24 0.37 0.28 0.32 0.26 0.014 0.016 0.007
Refer to the
φ32 0.32 0.48 0.38 0.47 0.35 0.018 0.020 0.007
weight in the
MDC2
φ40 0.64 0.86 0.72 0.87 0.69 0.030 0.032 0.007
φ50 1.09 1.57 1.43 1.49 1.23 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008
φ63 1.49 2.21 1.99 2.17 1.63
specifications.
0.052 0.054 0.009 MVC
φ80 2.67 3.63 3.38 3.38 - 0.070 0.072 0.010
φ100 4.15 5.90 5.50 5.43 - 0.098 0.100 0.010
SMG
● With head side position locking (H) (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight MSD/
Bore size (mm) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch MSDG
φ20 0.15 0.26 0.18 0.20 0.16 0.010 0.012 0.007
φ25 0.24 0.37 0.28 0.32 0.26
Refer to the
0.014 0.016 0.007 FC*
φ32 0.35 0.51 0.41 0.50 0.38 0.018 0.020 0.007
φ40 0.69 0.91 0.77 0.92 0.74 weight in the 0.030 0.032 0.007
φ50 1.19 1.67 1.53 1.59 1.33 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008 STK
φ63 1.60 2.32 2.10 2.28 1.74 0.052 0.054 0.009
specifications.
φ80 2.86 3.82 3.57 3.57 - 0.070 0.072 0.010
φ100 4.30 6.05 5.65 5.58 - 0.098 0.100 0.010
SRL3
Product weight when S = 0 mm.............................................. 0.86 kg
Additional weight when S = 100 mm...................................... 0.032× 10 =0.32 kg
100 SRG3
(Example) Product weight of SCM-Q-LB-40B-100-R-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches............................................................... 0.036 kg
Product weight........................................................................ 0.86 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.216 kg SRM3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SRT3

(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRL2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26 × 102 1.57 × 102 1.88 × 102 2.20 × 102 2.51 × 102 2.83 × 102 3.14 × 102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06 × 102 1.32 × 102 1.58 × 102 1.85 × 102 2.11 × 102 2.38 × 102 2.64 × 102 MRG2
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47 × 102 1.96 × 102 2.45 × 102 2.95 × 102 3.44 × 102 3.93 × 102 4.42 × 102 4.91 × 102
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24 × 102 1.65 × 102 2.06 × 102 2.47 × 102 2.89 × 102 3.30 × 102 3.71 × 102 4.12 × 102
Push 80.4 1.21 × 102 1.61 × 102 2.41 × 102 3.22 × 102 4.02 × 102 4.83 × 102 5.63 × 102 6.43 × 102 7.24 × 102 8.04 × 102 SM‑25
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04 × 102 1.38 × 102 2.07 × 102 2.76 × 102 3.46 × 102 4.15 × 102 4.84 × 102 5.53 × 102 6.22 × 102 6.91 × 102
φ40
Push 1.26 × 102 1.88 × 102 2.51 × 102 3.77 × 102 5.03 × 102 6.28 × 102 7.54 × 102 8.80 × 102 1.01 × 103 1.13 × 103 1.26 × 103 ShkAbs
Pull 1.06 × 102 1.58 × 102 2.11 × 102 3.17 × 102 4.22 × 102 5.28 × 102 6.33 × 102 7.39 × 102 8.44 × 102 9.50 × 102 1.06 × 103
Push 1.96 × 102 2.95 × 102 3.93 × 102 5.89 × 102 7.85 × 102 9.82 × 102 1.18 × 103 1.37 × 103 1.57 × 103 1.77 × 103 1.96 × 103
φ50 FJ
Pull 1.65 × 102 2.47 × 102 3.30 × 102 4.95 × 102 6.60 × 102 8.25 × 102 9.90 × 102 1.15 × 103 1.32 × 103 1.48 × 103 1.65 × 103
Push 3.12 × 102 4.68 × 102 6.23 × 102 9.35 × 102 1.25 × 103 1.56 × 103 1.87 × 103 2.18 × 103 2.49 × 103 2.81 × 103 3.12 × 103
φ63
Pull 2.80 × 102 4.20 × 102 5.61 × 102 8.41 × 102 1.12 × 103 1.40 × 103 1.68 × 103 1.96 × 103 2.24 × 103 2.52 × 103 2.80 × 103 FK
Push 5.03 × 102 7.54 × 102 1.01 × 103 1.51 × 103 2.01 × 103 2.51 × 103 3.02 × 103 3.52 × 103 4.02 × 103 4.52 × 103 5.03 × 103
φ80 Spd
Pull 4.54 × 102 6.80 × 102 9.07 × 102 1.36 × 103 1.81 × 103 2.27 × 103 2.72 × 103 3.17 × 103 3.63 × 103 4.08 × 103 4.54 × 103
Push 7.85 × 102 1.18 × 103 1.57 × 103 2.36 × 103 3.14 × 103 3.93 × 103 4.71 × 103 5.50 × 103 6.28 × 103 7.07 × 103 7.85 × 103 Contr
φ100
Pull 7.15 × 102 1.07 × 103 1.43 × 103 2.14 × 103 2.86 × 103 3.57 × 103 4.29 × 103 5.00 × 103 5.72 × 103 6.43 × 103 7.15 × 103
Ending
Be sure to read “Safety precautions” 3. Position locking SCM-Q (pages 331, 333 and 334) before use.
269
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-Q LB 40 B 100 R Q I 00 Basic ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) LB Axial foot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CMA2 SCM-Q LB 40 B 100 R T2H D Q I FA Rod side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

FB Head side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mounting Rod side trunnion
A TA ● ● ● ● ● ●
(Rod side position locking N/A)
SCG *1, *2
Head side trunnion
TB ● ● ● ● ● ●
(head side position locking N/A)
SCA2 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 φ20
25 φ25
SCS2
32 φ32
40 φ40
CKV2 50 φ50
63 φ63
CAV2/ 80 φ80
COVP/N2 100 φ100
C Port thread
SSD2 C Port thread Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (custom order product) φ32 and over
SSG G G thread (custom order product) φ32 and over
D Cushion
D Cushion B With two-sided air cushion
SSD
H Head side air cushioned
CAT
MDC2 φ20 to φ32 10 to 1000
In 1 mm increments
φ40 to φ100 10 to 1500
MVC F Position locking mechanism
F Position locking mechanism R With rod side position locking
H With head side position locking
SMG Precautions for model No. selection G Switch model No.
*1 : .‌Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. G Switch model No. Axial Radial Voltage Lead
MSD/
Reed Contact
*4 Display
MSDG *2 : ‌.When the mounting is LB, the cylinder cannot be lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
mounted on the frame if a bracket is already *5 T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
attached to the cylinder. Refer to Safety precautions T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
FC*
for details. T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
*3 :.‌Refer to page 268 for the number of installed T1H* T1V* ●
STK switches and the min. stroke length. 2-wire
*4 :.‌Switches other than G Switch model No. are T3H* T3V* ●
SRL3 T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom order)
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details.
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV* ●
*5 : ‌.T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
SRG3 size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
style is the rail. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV* ●
*6 :.‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
SRM3 T2YD* - ● 2-color display
specifications of rod end form. 2-wire
*7 : ‌.“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
for the “Z” switch mounting. T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
SRT3 *8 : .“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. * Lead wire length
*9 : ‌.Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD Blank 1 m (standard)
MRL2 if assembling before shipment is necessary. 3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
MRG2 H Switch quantity

[Example of model No.] H Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
SCM-Q-LB-40B-100-R-T2H-D-QI H 1 on head side
SM‑25 D 2
Model: Round shaped cylinder, position locking T 3
ShkAbs A Mounting : Axial foot 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
B Bore size : φ40 mm I Switch mounting
I Switch
C Port thread : Rc thread Blank Rail method
FJ Installation method Z Band method
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion
E Stroke length :100 mm J Option
FK F Position locking mechanism : With rod side position locking
J Option Q Switch rail attached at shipment
G Switch model No.
*7 P6 Copper and PTFE free (custom order product)
: Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m
Spd
H Switch quantity :2 K Accessory
Contr K Accessory
I Switch mounting : Rail Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
J Option : Switch rail attached at shipment *8 I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ending Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
K Accessory : Rod eye
SCM-Q Series
How to order/operational explanation
CMA2

(Item G on the (Item B on the (Item G on the
previous page) SCG
Bore size
● Mounting bracket set + band SCS2
● Mounting rail only SCM Z 40
CKV2
SCM T 40 100
CAV2/
Bore size COVP/N2
Mounting rail (Item B on the
Bore size previous page) SSD2
(Item B on the
previous page) (*1)
[Switch body only] SSG
Stroke length (*2)
(Item E on the
previous page) SW T0H SSD
CAT
Switch model No.
(Item G on the MDC2
previous page)
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MVC
SMG
How to order mounting bracket MSD/
Bore size (mm) MSDG
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100
Mounting bracket FC*
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100 STK
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63
Clevis bracket (CB) SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100 SRL3
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
Clean-room specifications (Catalog No. CB-033SA) Specifications for rechargeable battery (Catalog No. CC-1226A)
● Design compatible with rechargeable battery manufacturing process

MRG2
● Anti-dust generation structure for use in cleanrooms
SCM-Q-……………- P7* SCM-Q -…- P4* SM‑25
SCM-Q-……………- P5* * Contact CKD for details. ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
271
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
Operational explanation
CMK2 ● When locked When the cylinder piston comes to the ● When unlocked
When the piston 1 of the cylinder stroke end and the sleeve groove A When pressure is supplied to the port,
moves toward the stroke end, the reaches the stopper piston position, the the stopper piston pushes up the
CMA2 stopper piston 3 is pushed up along stopper piston is pushed down by the spring and slips out of the sleeve
the slope of the sleeve 2 . spring 4 and fits into the groove, groove, releasing the lock.
SCM completing the lock action.
SCG 1 2 3 4 A
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2 Port
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
272
SCM-Q Series
Internal structure and parts list SCP*3
● SCM-Q (rod side position locking)
CMK2
φ20 to φ40 φ50 to φ100
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 15 18 19 20 13 14 16 17 15 18 19 20 CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
● SCM-Q (head side position locking)
CKV2
φ20 to φ40 φ50 to φ100 CAV2/
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 15 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 6 7 8 9 22 15 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 6 7 8 9 22
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 16 Magnet Plastic MVC
φ20, φ25: Stainless steel 17 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
φ32 to φ100: Steel
18 Piston H
φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy SMG
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy 19 Cushion packing Nitrile rubber/steel

MSD/
MSDG
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Paint 20 Head cover Aluminum alloy Paint
6 Spring Steel 21 Spring pin Steel FC*
7 Cushion rubber (B) Urethane rubber 22 Sleeve Steel Nitriding
8 Stopper piston Steel Nitriding 23 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Black finish STK
9 Piston packing (B) Nitrile rubber 24 Stopper cover Aluminum alloy Chromate
10 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 25 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber SRL3
11 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 26 Holder gasket Nitrile rubber
12 Cushion rubber (A) Urethane rubber 27 Needle holder Aluminum alloy SRG3
φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy 28 Lock nut Steel Nickeling
13 Piston R
φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting 29 Needle Stainless steel SRM3
14 Piston packing (A) Nitrile rubber 30 Knob Aluminum alloy Chromate
15 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber SRT3
MRL2
Repair parts list
MRG2
φ20 SCM-Q-20BK
φ25 SCM-Q-25BK
SM‑25
φ32 SCM-Q-32BK
φ40 SCM-Q-40BK 3 7 9 10 12
ShkAbs
φ50 SCM-Q-50BK 14 17 19 25 26
φ63 SCM-Q-63BK FJ
φ80 SCM-Q-80BK
φ100 SCM-Q-100BK FK
Note: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
Spd
Contr
Ending
273
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
● Basic (00)
CMK2 (With rod side position locking) · Switch mounting method: Rail
MN (Tang)
CMA2
SCM MO
MC X + stroke length
SCG GB A WF LL + stroke length N
18 N 34 RD Air cushion HD 17
C 29 Needle 12
SCA2 8-DA 10° Eθ T 19 10 2-EE
SCS2
φMM
P
x.)
CKV2
φHC
(Ma
CD
φRC
φD
SD
φJ
BV
φJ
EC
CAV2/
φ10.5
CS
COVP/N2 CL KK XF 2-MD MB
CH SD
Hexagon B
SSD2 CT
BV arrow view HD
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2 In the case of T2W, T3W

MVC GC GD
(Pθ) 34 30.5 30.5 17
SMG RD
7.9 HD
MSD/ b
a b
a
MSDG
FC*
P1
P3
STK
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position P2 10 10
SRL3 HD: Head side max. sensitivity position
*1 : When the mounting is LB, the cylinder cannot be mounted on the frame if a bracket is already attached to the cylinder. Refer to Safety precautions for details.
SRG3 *2 : Refer to page 229 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRM3 Bore size (mm) A B C CD CH CL CS CT D DA EC EE Eθ HC J KK LL MB MC MD MM MO
φ20 18 13 15.5 16 15.5 22 9.5 28 26 M4 depth 6.5 27 M5 30° 26 12 M8 84 11 25 M5 8 4
SRT3 φ25 22 17 19.5 16 15.5 22 9.5 31 31 M5 depth 6.5 29.5 M5 30° 31 14 M10×1.25 84 11 31 M6 10 5
φ32 22 17 19.5 16 15.5 22 9.5 31.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 38 18 M10×1.25 86 10 32 M8 12 5.5
MRL2 Code Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
HD RD GC GD
MRG2 Bore size (mm) MN N RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 6 2 30 14 5 17 121 35 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
SM‑25
φ25 8 2 35 16.5 6 18 126 40 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5
φ32 10 2 38 20 6 18 128 40 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
ShkAbs
Code
HD RD
FJ Bore size (mm) T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
φ25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
Spd φ32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr
Ending
274
SCM-Q Series
Double acting/position locking (φ20 to 32)
● Basic (00)
(With head side position locking) CMK2
X + stroke length MC CMA2
A WF LL + stroke length N GB
N 19 RD Air cushion HD 32 18
C 14 needle 27 SCM
T 12 17 2-EE Eθ 10° 8-DA
SCG
φMM
P
SCA2
EC
φRC
BV
SD
φD
CD
φJ
φJ
φHC
Ma(
SCS2
x.)
φ10.5
CS
KK XF 11 2-MD CL
SD CH CKV2
Hexagon B CT
HD
BV arrow view
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT

MDC2
GC GD
19 30.5 30.5 32 (Pθ)
MVC
RD HD 7.9
a b b a SMG
MSD/
MSDG
P1
P3
FC*
P2 STK
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position 10 10
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position SRL3
*2 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. SRG3
Bore size (mm) A B C CD CH CL CS CT D DA EC EE Eθ HC J KK LL MC MD MM MO MN SRM3
φ20 18 13 15.5 16 15.5 22 9.5 28 26 M4 depth 6.5 27 M5 30° 30 12 M8 84 25 M5 8 4 6
φ25 22 17 19.5 16 15.5 22 9.5 31 31 M5 depth 6.5 29.5 M5 30° 35 14 M10×1.25 84 31 M6 10 5 8
SRT3
φ32 22 17 19.5 16 15.5 22 9.5 31.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 38 18 M10×1.25 86 32 M8 12 5.5 10
Code Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
MRL2
HD RD GC GD
Bore size (mm) N RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W MRG2
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 2 26 14 5 17 121 35 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
SM‑25
φ25 2 31 16.5 6 18 126 40 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5
φ32 2 38 20 6 18 128 40 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
ShkAbs
Code
HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ FJ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
φ25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°) Spd
Contr
Ending
275
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
● Basic (00)
CMK2 (With rod side position locking) · Switch mounting method: Rail
MN (Tang)
CMA2
SCM MO
MC X + stroke length
GB A WF LL + stroke length N
SCG GH
18 N GR RD HD
C EA Air EB
SCA2 8-DA 10° 20° T QA Cushion needle
QB 2-EE
SCS2
φMM
ax.)
P
(M
φHC
φRC
BV
CKV2
φD
SD
φJ
30
φJ
EC
CAV2/
φ14.5
COVP/N2 9 KK XF 2-MD MB
40 17 SD
Tang B
SSD2 CT
HD
BV arrow view
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2 · Switch mounting: Band
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MVC
7.9 RD HD
b a b
a
SMG
MSD/
P1
MSDG
FC*
P2
10 10
STK
*2 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRL3
Bore size (mm) A B C CT D DA EA EB EC EE GH GR HC J KK LL MA MB MC MD
SRG3 φ40 30 22 27 37.5 47 M6 depth 12 45 13 36.6 Rc1/8 19 50 47 25 M14×1.5 108 12 10 41 M10
φ50 35 27 32 43.5 58 M8 depth 16 48.5 15.5 43 Rc1/4 22 55 58 30 M18×1.5 120 13 12 53 M12
SRM3 φ63 35 27 32 49.5 72 M10 depth 16 48.5 15.5 50 Rc1/4 22 55 72 32 M18×1.5 120 13 12 65 M14
φ80 40 32 37 57.5 89 M10 depth 22 50 20 58.5 Rc3/8 28 58 89 40 M22×1.5 138 - - 81 -
φ100 40 41 37 68.5 110 M12 depth 22 50 20 69 Rc1/2 28 58 110 50 M26×1.5 138 - - 103 -
SRT3
Code Switch mounting: Rail
HD
MRL2 Bore size (mm) MM MO MN N QA QB RC SD T WF X XF P GB
T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W
T3/T3P T3W
φ40 16 6 14 2 26.5 12 51 26 8 20 160 50 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 8.5
MRG2 φ50 20 8 17 2 30 12 61 32 11 23 180 58 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 7.5
φ63 20 8 17 2 30 12 72 38 11 23 180 58 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 8.5
SM‑25 φ80 25 11 22 3 31.5 15 89 50 13 31 212 71 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 10.5
φ100 30 13 27 3 31.5 15 110 60 16 31 212 71 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 13.0
ShkAbs Code Switch mounting: Band
RD GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
FJ T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ40 11.5 11.5 9.5 7.5 7.5 5.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 11.5 11.5 9.5 30.2 32.1 14 (26°)
φ50 13.0 13.0 10.5 9.0 9.0 6.5 7.0 7.0 3.5 11.0 11.0 7.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 35.7 37.4 14 (22°)
FK φ63 13.0 13.0 11.5 9.0 9.0 7.5 7.0 7.0 4.5 11.0 11.0 8.5 13.0 13.0 11.5 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
φ80 20.0 20.0 13.5 16.0 16.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 6.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 20.0 20.0 13.5 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Spd
φ100 19.5 19.5 15.0 15.5 15.5 11.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 13.5 13.5 13.0 19.5 19.5 15.0 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Contr
Ending
276
SCM-Q Series
Double acting/position locking (φ40 to 100)
● Basic (00)
· Switch mounting method: Rail CMK2
(With head side position locking)
MN (Tang)
CMA2
MO SCM
X + stroke length MC
A WF LL + stroke length N GB SCG
N GR RD HD GH 18
C EA Air EB
T QA cushion needle QB 2-EE
20° 10° 8-DA SCA2
SCS2
φMM
P
EC
φHC
φRC
CKV2
φD
(Ma
30
BV
SD
φJ
φJ
x.)
CAV2/
φ14.5
KK XF MA 2-MD
9 COVP/N2
SD 17 40
Hexagon B
HD CT SSD2
BV arrow view
SSG
SSD
CAT
· Switch mounting: Band MDC2

GC GD
(Pθ)
GR 30.5 30.5 GH MVC
RD HD 7.9
a b b a
SMG
MSD/
P1
MSDG
FC*
P2
10 10
STK
*2 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRL3
Bore size (mm) A B C CT D DA EA EB EC EE GH GR HC J KK LL MA MB MC MD
SRG3
φ40 30 22 27 37.5 47 M6 depth 12 15 44 36.6 Rc1/8 49 20 51 25 M14×1.5 108 12 10 41 M10
φ50 35 27 32 43.5 58 M8 depth 16 18.5 45.5 43 Rc1/4 52 25 61 30 M18×1.5 120 13 12 53 M12
φ63 35 27 32 49.5 72 M10 depth 16 18.5 45.5 50 Rc1/4 52 25 72 32 M18×1.5 120 13 12 65 M14 SRM3
φ80 40 32 37 57.5 89 M10 depth 22 20 50 58.5 Rc3/8 58 28 89 40 M22×1.5 138 - - 81 -
φ100 40 41 37 68.5 110 M12 depth 22 20 50 69 Rc1/2 58 28 110 50 M26×1.5 138 - - 103 - SRT3
Code Switch mounting: Rail
HD RD MRL2
Bore size (mm) MM MO MN N QA QB RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W
φ40 16 6 14 2 13 25.5 47 26 8 20 160 50 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 8.5 11.5 11.5 9.5
MRG2
φ50 20 8 17 2 15 27 58 32 11 23 180 58 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 7.5 13.0 13.0 10.5
φ63 20 8 17 2 15 27 72 38 11 23 180 58 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 8.5 13.0 13.0 11.5
φ80 25 11 22 3 15 31.5 89 50 13 31 212 71 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 10.5 20.0 20.0 13.5 SM‑25
φ100 30 13 27 3 15 31.5 110 60 16 31 212 71 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 13.0 19.5 19.5 15.0
Code Switch mounting: Band ShkAbs
GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3
T2W
T3W FJ
φ40 7.5 7.5 5.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 11.5 11.5 9.5 30.2 32.1 14 (26°)
φ50 9.0 9.0 6.5 7.0 7.0 3.5 11.0 11.0 7.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 35.7 37.4 14 (22°)
φ63 9.0 9.0 7.5 7.0 7.0 4.5 11.0 11.0 8.5 13.0 13.0 11.5 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
FK
φ80 16.0 16.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 6.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 20.0 20.0 13.5 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Spd
φ100 15.5 15.5 11.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 13.5 13.5 13.0 19.5 19.5 15.0 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Contr
Ending
277
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/fine speed
SCM-F Series
SCP*3 ● Bore size: φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/fine speed
SCS2
CKV2
COVP/N2
Port size Rc1/8
0
SSD Lubrication Not available
CAT
MDC2 Stroke length

MVC
φ20
SMG
φ25 25, 50, 75, 100,
MSD/ 125, 150, 200, 500 10
MSDG φ32 250, 300
FC*
φ40
STK
SRL3
SRG3
● Switch mounting: Rail
SRM3
Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
SRT3 (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SM‑25 mounting position is different. Refer to page 329 for mounting position.
ShkAbs Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
FJ Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
(mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending
278
SCM-F Series
Specifications
For programming Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable Dedicated for
Applications controller, relay, programmable
compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay controller SCM
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2

*2 : The above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*5: Dimensions depend on switch model No. Refer to Ending Page 18 for details.
CAT
MDC2
MVC
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (Withswitch rail ) per switch SMG
φ 20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 Refer to the 0.01 0.012 0.007
MSD/
φ 25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
MSDG
φ 32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 switch 0.018 0.02 0.007
φ 40 0.41 0.63 0.49 0.64 0.46 specifications. 0.03 0.032 0.007 FC*
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.63 kg STK

100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.032× 10 =0.32 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-F-LB-40B-100-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches··························0.018×2=0.036 kg SRL3
Product weight··································0.63 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=0.986 kg
SRG3
SRM3

SRT3
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRL2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102 MRG2
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102 SM‑25
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
ShkAbs
Push 1.26×10 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102
2
5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103
φ40
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
FJ
FK
Spd
Dimensions Contr
Same as SCM Series (double acting/single rod). Refer to pages 226 to 237. Ending
279
SCM-F Series
SCP*3
How to order
CMK2 SCM-F LB 40 D 100 M I

CMA2 SCM-F LB 40 D 100 T2H D Z M I
J Accessory
SCM Model No. A Mounting I Option
*6
*1
SCG Code Content
A Mounting
00 Basic
SCA2 LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
SCS2 FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
CKV2 TA Rod side trunnion
CAV2/ B Bore size (mm)
COVP/N2 B Bore size
20 φ20
SSD2 25 φ25
32 φ32
40 φ40
SSG
C Port thread
SSD
CAT
D Cushion
D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion
MDC2
E Stroke length
MVC φ20 to φ40 10 to 500 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.
SMG F Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*3 Display
MSD/ lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*4
MSDG T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
FC* Precautions for model No. selection T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T1H* T1V* ●
2-wire
STK *2 : Refer to page 278 for the number of installed
switches and the min. stroke length. T3H* T3V* ●
3-wire
*3 : Switches other than ●
F Switch model No. are T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom order)
SRL3 also available. (Custom order)
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV* ●
2-wire
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YH* T2YV* ●
SRG3 *4 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
when the switch mounting style is the rail. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV* ●
*5 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
SRM3 specifications of rod end form. T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
*6 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
for the “Z” switch mounting. T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
SRT3
*7 : I and Y cannot be selected at the same time. * Lead wire length
*8 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD Blank 1 m (standard)
MRL2 if assembling before shipment is necessary.
3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
MRG2 [Example of model No.] G Switch quantity
SCM-F-LB-40D-100-T2H-D-ZMI G Switch quantity
R 1 on rod side
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting H 1 on head side
●
A Mounting : Axial foot D 2
ShkAbs ●
B Bore size : φ40 mm T 3
●
C Port thread : Rc thread 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
FJ ●
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion H Switch mounting
●
E Stroke length : 100 mm H Switch Blank Rail method
FK ●
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m mounting Z Band method
●
G Switch quantity : 2 *6
Option
●
I
H Switch mounting : Band
Spd Q Switch rail attached at shipment
Contr ●
I Option : Piston rod material (stainless steel)
●
J Accessory : Rod eye
Ending
J Accessory
I Rod eye
Y Rod clevis
280
B2 Clevis bracket
SCM-F Series
How to order
How to order switch [Switch mounting: Band]
SCP*3
[Switch mounting: Rail] ● Switch body + mounting bracket set + band
● Switch body + mounting rail set SCM T2H* 40 Z CMK2
SCM T0H* D 40 100
CMA2
Switch model No.
(Item F on the previous page) SCM
(Item F on the previous page) (Item B on the Bore size
previous page) SCG
Switch quantity Stroke length (*1)
(Item G on the previous page) (Item E on the previous page) ● Mounting bracket set + band SCA2
● Mounting rail only SCM Z 40
SCS2
SCM T 40 100
Bore size CKV2
Mounting rail
(Item B on the previous page) CAV2/
Bore size COVP/N2
(Item B on the previous page) [Switch body only]
SSD2
Stroke length (*1) SW T0H*
(Item E on the previous page) (*2)
SSG
Switch model No. SSD

*1: Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm. (Item F on the previous page)
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment length)
will be included per switch. CAT
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same number of
rails as that of applicable switches.
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
How to order mounting bracket MRG2

Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 SM‑25
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40
ShkAbs
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40
FJ
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - -
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
281
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/low speed
SCM-O Series
CMK2
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-O
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/low speed

+1.4 +1.4 +2.3 +2.7
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm
0
( to 1000)
0
( to 1500)
0
( to 1000), ( to 1500)
0
SSG
Lubrication Not available
SSD
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.11 0.2 0.53 0.91 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8
CAT Stroke length

MDC2 φ20
φ25 1000
25, 50, 75
MVC φ32
100, 125, 150 10
φ40
SMG 200, 250, 300
φ50 1500
MSD/ φ63
MSDG *1: The custom stroke length is available in 1 mm increments.
FC* Number of installed switches and min. stroke length (mm)

STK Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRL3 (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRG3 φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ● Switch mounting: Band

SM‑25 Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
ShkAbs φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
φ83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
282
SCM-O Series
Specifications
Proximity 2-wire Proximity 3-wire Reed 2-wire Proximity 2-wire CMK2
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
SSD2

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*5 : Dimensions depend on switch model No. Refer to Ending Page 18 for details. CAT
(Unit: kg)
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (switch rail ) per switch
With
MVC
φ20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.01 0.012 0.007
φ25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 0.016 0.007
SMG
φ32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 Refer to the 0.018 0.02 0.007
MSDG
φ50 0.77 1.25 1.11 1.17 0.91 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008
φ63 1.07 1.79 1.57 1.75 1.21 specifications. 0.052 0.054 0.009 FC*
φ80 2.04 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 0.07 0.072 0.010
φ100 3.17 4.92 4.52 4.45 - 0.098 0.10 0.010 STK
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.63 kg SRL3

100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-O-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches··························0.036 kg SRG3
Product weight··································0.63 kg+0.32 kg+0.036=0.986 kg
SRM3
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102 MRL2
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102 MRG2
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102 SM‑25
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103 ShkAbs
φ40
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103 FJ
φ50
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
φ63
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103 FK
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
Push 5.03×102 7.54×102 1.01×103 1.51×103 2.01×103 2.51×103 3.02×103 3.52×103 4.02×103 4.52×103 5.03×103 Spd
φ80
Pull 4.54×102 6.80×102 9.07×102 1.36×103 1.81×103 2.27×103 2.72×103 3.17×103 3.63×103 4.08×103 4.54×103
Contr
Push 7.85×102 1.18×103 1.57×103 2.36×103 3.14×103 3.93×103 4.71×103 5.50×103 6.28×103 7.07×103 7.85×103
φ100 Ending
Pull 7.15×102 1.07×103 1.43×103 2.14×103 2.86×103 3.57×103 4.29×103 5.00×103 5.72×103 6.43×103 7.15×103
283
SCM-O Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Without switch (built-in magnet for switch) Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-O LB 40 D 100 J I 00 Basic ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LB Axial foot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
FA Rod side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CMA2 SCM-O LB 40 D 100 T2H D J I FB Head side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
A Mounting TA Rod side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCG *1 TB Head side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 φ20
SCA2
25 φ25
32 φ32
SCS2 40 φ40
50 φ50
CKV2 63 φ63
80 φ80
CAV2/ 100 φ100
COVP/N2 C Port thread
SSD2
SSG D Cushion
SSD E Stroke length (mm)
CAT φ20 to φ32 10 to 1000
In 1 mm increments
φ40 to φ100 10 to 1500
MDC2 F Switch model No.
F Switch model No. Axial Radial
Reed Contact
Voltage Lead
*4 Display
MVC *5 T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
SMG T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
2-wire
MSD/ T2H* T2V* ● 1-color display
MSDG *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T3H* T3V* ●
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the 3-wire
mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom order)
FC*
Proximity
assembled. T2WH* T2WV* ●

2-wire
*3 : Refer to page 282 for the number of installed T2YH* T2YV* ●
2-color display
STK switches and the min. stroke length. T3WH* T3WV* ●
3-wire
*4 : Switches other than ●F Switch model No. are T3YH* T3YV* ●
SRL3 also available. (Custom order) T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting * Lead wire length
style is the rail. Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 *6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the 3 3 m (option)
instantaneously contact the bellows.
SRT3 *7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*8 : “ Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not H 1 on head side
MRL2 available for the “Z” switch mounting. D 2
*9 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T 3
MRG2 *10 : S witches are shipped with the product. Contact
CKD if assembling before shipment is necessary.
H Switch mounting
SM‑25 [Example of model No.] H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
Z Band method
SCM-O-LB-40D-100-T2H-D-JI
ShkAbs I Option
I Option
●
A Mounting : Axial foot
*2
Max. ambient temperature Instantaneous max. temp.
FJ ●
*6
●
C Port thread : Rc thread
*8
●
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion L Bellows 250°C 400°C
FK
●
E Stroke length : 100 mm Q Switch rail attached at shipment
Spd ●
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Contr ●G Switch quantity : 2 J Accessory

●
J Accessory Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Ending ●I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C *9 I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
J Accessory : Rod eye Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM-O Series
How to order
CMA2

(Item F on the previous page) (Item B on the (Item F on the previous page)
previous page) SCG
Bore size
Switch quantity Stroke length (*1) (Item B on the previous page)
(Item G on the previous page) (Item E on the previous page) SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on the previous page)
SSD2
(*1) SSG
Stroke length (*2) [Switch body only]
(Item E on the previous page) SSD
*1:Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm. If exceeding 300

SW T0H
mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment length) will be
CAT
included per switch.
*2:If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same Switch model No. MDC2
number of rails as that of applicable switches. (Item Fon the previous page)
MVC
SMG
MSD/
Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100 MSDG
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SCM-LB-80 SCM-LB-100 FC*
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63 - - STK
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100
SRL3
*2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set. SRG3
Internal structure SRM3
Same as standard. Refer to page 222. SRT3
MRL2
Repair parts list
MRG2
φ20 SCM-O-20K
φ25 SCM-O-25K SM‑25
φ32 SCM-O-32K
φ40 SCM-O-40K ShkAbs
3 6 8 10 13
φ50 SCM-O-50K
φ63 SCM-O-63K FJ
φ80 SCM-O-80K
φ100 SCM-O-100K FK
Spd
Dimensions Contr
Same as standard. Refer to pages 224 to 237. Ending
285
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/low friction
SCM-U Series
SCP*3 ● Bore size: ‌φ20/φ25/φ32/φ40/
CMK2
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-U
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/low friction
Min. working pressure MPa 0.03 (≈4.4 psi, 0.3 bar)
Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 60 (140°F)
CAV2/
+1.4 +1.4 +2.3 +2.7
Stroke tolerance mm 0 ( to 1000) 0 ( to 1500) 0 ( to 1000), 0 ( to 1500)
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 10 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
SSG Lubrication Not available
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8
SSD Internal leakage rate ℓ/min 5 8
CAT Stroke length

Bore size (mm) Standard stroke length (mm) Max. stroke length (mm) Min. stroke length (mm) *1: The custom stroke length is available in 1 mm increments.
φ20
MDC2
φ25 1000
φ32
MVC 25, 50, 75, 100,
φ40
125, 150, 200, 10
SMG φ50
250, 300
φ63 1500
MSD/ φ80
MSDG φ100
FC* Number of installed switches and min. stroke length (mm)
STK Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRL3 Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRG3
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
φ100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ● Switch mounting: Band

SM‑25 Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
ShkAbs φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
286
SCM-U Series
Specifications
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
SSD2

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With
switch rail ) per switch
φ20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.01 0.012 0.007
MVC
φ25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 0.016 0.007
SMG
φ32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 Refer to the 0.018 0.02 0.007
φ50 0.77 1.25 1.11 1.17 0.91 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008 MSDG
φ63 1.07 1.79 1.57 1.75 1.21 specifications. 0.052 0.054 0.009 FC*
φ80 2.04 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 0.07 0.072 0.010
φ100 3.17 4.92 4.52 4.45 - 0.098 0.10 0.010 STK

100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-U-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight··································0.63 kg+0.32 kg+0.036=0.986 kg
SRM3
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102 MRL2
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102 MRG2
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102 SM‑25
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103 ShkAbs
φ40
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103 FJ
φ50
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
φ63
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103 FK
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
Push 5.03×102 7.54×102 1.01×103 1.51×103 2.01×103 2.51×103 3.02×103 3.52×103 4.02×103 4.52×103 5.03×103 Spd
φ80
Pull 4.54×102 6.80×102 9.07×102 1.36×103 1.81×103 2.27×103 2.72×103 3.17×103 3.63×103 4.08×103 4.54×103
Contr
Push 7.85×102 1.18×103 1.57×103 2.36×103 3.14×103 3.93×103 4.71×103 5.50×103 6.28×103 7.07×103 7.85×103
φ100 Ending
Pull 7.15×102 1.07×103 1.43×103 2.14×103 2.86×103 3.57×103 4.29×103 5.00×103 5.72×103 6.43×103 7.15×103
287
SCM-U Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-U LB 40 D 100 M I 00 Basic ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LB Axial foot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM-U LB 40 D 100 T2H D M I FB Head side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM CA Eye bracket ● ● ● ● ● ●
CB Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring incl.) ● ●
SCG A Mounting Rubber cushion TA Rod side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
TB Head side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCA2 B Bore size (mm)

B Bore size
20 φ20
SCS2 25 φ25
32 φ32
40 φ40
CKV2
50 φ50
CAV2/ 63 φ63
COVP/N2 80 φ80
100 φ100
SSD2 C Port thread
C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
SSG N NPT thread (custom order product)
SSD D Stroke length (mm)
D Stroke length
CAT φ20 to φ32 10 to 1000 In 1 mm
φ40 to φ100 10 to 1500 increments
MDC2 E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*3 Display
MVC lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*4
SMG T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
MSD/ T1H* T1V* ●
MSDG Precautions for model No. selection T2H* T2V* ● 1-color display
2-wire
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T3H* T3V* ●
FC* *2 : Refer to page 286 for the number of installed 3-wire
switches and the min. stroke length.
●
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
STK *3 : Switches other than ● E Switch model No. are 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
also available. (Custom order) 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. 3-wire
SRL3 *4 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T3YH* T3YV* ●
size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
SRG3 style is the rail. T2YDT* - ● for AC magnetic field
*5 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
SRM3 *6 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available
* Lead wire length
for the “Z” switch mounting. Blank 1 m (standard)
*7 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 3 3 m (option)
SRT3 *8 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if 5 5 m (option)
MRL2 F Switch quantity
F Switch quantity
R 1 on rod side
H 1 on head side
MRG2 [Example of model No.] D 2
SCM-U-LB-40D-100-T2H-D-MI T 3
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/low friction 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
●
A Mounting : Axial foot G Switch mounting
ShkAbs ●
B Bore size : φ40 mm G Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
●C Port thread : Rc thread Z Band method
FJ ●D Stroke length : 100 mm
H Option
●E Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m H Option
FK ●F Switch quantity : 2 *6
●G Switch mounting : Rail
Spd ● H Option : Piston rod material/stainless steel
I Accessory
I Accessory
Contr ● I Accessory : Rod eye
*7
Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ending Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM-U Series
How to order
CMA2
SCM
Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No.
(Item E on the previous page) (Item B on the (Item E on the previous page)
previous page) SCG
Bore size
(Item F on the previous page) (Item D on the previous page) SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on the previous page) SSD2
(*1) SSG
Stroke length (*2)
(Item D on the previous page)
SSD

CAT
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MDC2
MVC
SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
FC*
Switch model No.
(Item E on the previous page)
STK
SRL3
Bore size (mm) SRG3
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100
Mounting bracket
SRM3
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100
SRT3
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100
MRL2
SM‑25
Dimensions
ShkAbs
Same as SCM Series (double acting/single rod). Refer to pages 224 to 237.
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
289
SCM-U Series
SCP*3 Sliding resistance
CMK2 Values are measured under the following conditions. As the values vary
with the installation method, pressurizing direction, etc., they are not guaranteed.
CMA2
SCM
(Test conditions)
SCG Cylinder SCM-U
Mounting direction of cylinder Vertical
SCA2 Cylinder speed 10 mm/min (driven by external motor)
Cylinder pressurizing direction Head side (the rod end is open to atmosphere)
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/ Sliding resistance (φ20 to φ50)
COVP/N2
20
SSD2
SSG 15
Sliding resistance (N)
φ50
SSD
φ40
10
φ32
CAT
MDC2 5
φ25
φ20
MVC
0
SMG 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Supply pressure (MPa)
MSD/
MSDG
FC* Sliding resistance (φ63 to φ100)
STK 30
SRL3 25
φ100
φ80
Sliding resistance (N)
SRG3 20
SRM3 15
φ63
SRT3 10
MRL2 5
MRG2 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Supply pressure (MPa)
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
290
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
291
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/double rod
SCM-D Series
CMK2
φ50/φ63/φ80/φ100
JIS symbol Double acting cylinder double rod
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-D
Actuation Double acting/double rod
SCA2
SCS2 Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
With rubber cushion Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc8/3 Rc1/2
CAV2/ Port size
With air cushion M5 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc8/3 Rc1/2
COVP/N2
With rubber +1.4 +2.3
( to 600)
SSD2 Stroke cushion 0 0
tolerancemm With air +1.4 +1.4
( to 600)
cushion 0 0
SSG
Working piston speed mm/s 30 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.) *1: ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for “No cushion”
are the allowable absorbed energy on the non-specified
Cushion Either rubber cushion or air cushion can be selected.
SSD side when an air cushion is selected for the other side (“R”
Effective air cushion length mm 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 13.4 13.4 15.4 15.4 ⇒ Head side, “H” ⇒ Rod side).
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication) *2: W ‌ ithout any cushion, this product cannot absorb large
CAT Allowable With rubber cushion 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8
energy generated by an external load. Provide a shock
absorber on the outside.
absorbed With air cushion 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.7 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
MDC2 energyJ Without cushion - - - - 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
Stroke length
MVC
φ20
SMG φ25
φ32
MSD/
φ40 25, 50, 75, 100,
MSDG 600 10
φ50 125, 150, 200, 250, 300
FC* φ63
φ80
φ100
STK *1: ‌The custom stroke length is available in 1 mm increments.

SRL3 ● Switch mounting: Rail
SRG3 Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 φ100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ShkAbs (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
Contr φ83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
292
SCM-D Series
Specifications
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MVC

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke length (S) = 0 mm Per S = 10 mm Per S = 10 mm
Switch weight SMG
Additional weight
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA) Trunnion (TA) (per 1 pc.) Additional weight (With switch rail)
MSD/
φ20 0.12 0.23 0.20 0.13 0.014 0.016 MSDG
φ25 0.21 0.34 0.31 0.23 0.020 0.22
FC*
φ32 0.32 0.48 0.46 0.35 Refer to the 0.026 0.028
φ40 0.52 0.74 0.72 0.57 weight in the 0.046 0.048 STK
φ50 0.96 1.44 1.30 1.10 switch 0.068 0.070
φ63 1.27 1.99 1.77 1.41 specifications. 0.076 0.078 SRL3
φ80 2.41 3.37 3.12 - 0.108 0.110
φ100 3.73 5.48 5.08 - 0.154 0.156 SRG3
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.74 km SRM3

100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.048 x 10 = 0.48 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-D-LB-40B-100-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches··························0.018 x 2 = 0.036 kg SRT3
Product weight··································0.74 + 0.48 + 0.036 = 1.256kg
MRL2
MRG2

SM‑25
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
φ20 Push/Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
φ25 Push/Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102 FJ
φ32 Push/Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
φ40 Push/Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103 FK
φ50 Push/Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
φ63 Push/Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103 Spd
φ80 Push/Pull 4.54×102 6.80×102 9.07×102 1.36×103 1.81×103 2.27×103 2.72×103 3.17×103 3.63×103 4.08×103 4.54×103 Contr
φ100 Push/Pull 7.15×102 1.07×103 1.43×103 2.14×103 2.86×103 3.57×103 4.29×103 5.00×103 5.72×103 6.43×103 7.15×103
Ending
293
SCM-D Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-D LB 40 B 100 J I 00 Basic ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) LB Axial foot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CMA2 SCM-D LB 40 B 100 T2H D J I FA Rod side flange ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
TA Rod side trunnion ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM A Mounting B Bore size (mm)

B Bore size 20 φ20
25 φ25
SCG 32 φ32
40 φ40
SCA2 50 φ50
63 φ63
SCS2 80 φ80
100 φ100
CKV2 C Port thread

C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
CAV2/ N NPT thread (custom order product)
COVP/N2 G G thread (custom order product)
D Cushion
SSD2 D Cushion B With two-sided air cushion
SSG H Head side air cushioned
SSD E Stroke length (mm)
E Stroke length Bore size Stroke length Custom stroke length
CAT φ20 to φ100 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.
F Switch model No. Voltage
MDC2 Axial Radial Lead
Reed Contact
*4 Display
*5 T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
MVC ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
T5H* T5V*
SMG Precautions for model No. selection T1H* T1V* ●
2-wire
MSD/ *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
T3H* T3V* ●
MSDG *2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the 3-wire
mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom order)
Proximity
assembled. T2WH* T2WV* ●

FC* 2-wire
*3 : Refer to page 292 for the number of installed T2YH* T2YV* ●
2-color display
switches and the min. stroke length. T3WH* T3WV* ●
STK *4 : Switches other than ● 3-wire
F Switch model No. are T3YH* T3YV* ●
also available. (Custom order) T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
SRL3 Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting
SRG3 * Lead wire length
style is the rail.
Blank 1 m (standard)
*6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the
SRM3 5 5 m (option)
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom G Switch quantity
SRT3 specifications of rod end form. G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available
H 1 on head side
for the “Z” switch mounting.
MRL2 *9 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD D 2
if assembling before shipment is necessary. T 3
[Example of model No.] H Switch mounting
H Switch mounting
SM‑25 SCM-D-LB-40B-100-T2H-D-JI Blank Rail method
Z Band method
Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/double rod
ShkAbs I Option
●
Max. ambient temperature Instantaneous max. temperature
●
B Bore size : φ40 mm *2
FJ ●
C Port thread : Rc thread *6
●
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion *8
FK ● Stroke length : 100 mm
E Q Switch rail attached at shipment
●
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Spd ● G Switch quantity : 2 P6 Copper and PTFE free
Contr ●H Switch mounting : Rail
J Accessory
●I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C J Accessory Bore size (φ) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Ending ●J Accessory : Rod eye I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCM-D Series
How to order
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T 40 100
CMA2
Mounting rail
SCM
(Item F on the previous page) (Item B on the Bore size
previous page) (Item B on the previous page) SCG
(*1)
(*1) (*2)
Switch quantity Stroke length Stroke length
(Item G on the previous page) (Item E on the previous page) (Item E on the previous page)
SCA2
SCS2
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch
adjustment length) will be included per switch. CKV2
number of rails as that of applicable switches. CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
[Switch mounting: Band]
SSG
SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40 SSD
CAT
(Item F on the previous page) (Item B on the previous page) MDC2
Bore size
(Item B on the previous page) MVC
SMG
MSD/
[Switch body only] MSDG
SW T0H FC*
STK
Switch model No.
(Item F on the previous page)
SRL3
SRG3
Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 φ80 φ100
Mounting bracket SRM3
Flange (FA) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100 SRT3
Trunnion (TA) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 - -
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
295
SCM-D Series
SCP*3
● With rubber cushion
CMK2 φ20 to φ40 φ50 to φ100
CMA2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 11 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 9 11 13 14
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2 ● With air cushion

CAV2/ φ20 to φ40
16 15 19 20 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 21 8 9 10 12 13 11 14
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC φ50 to φ100
SMG 16 15 19 20 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 21 10 12 9 11 13 14
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3 No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 12 Magnet Plastic
MRL2 φ20, φ25: Stainless steel φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy
2 Piston rod A Industrial chrome plating 13 Piston H
φ32 to φ100: Steel φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MRG2 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber φ20, φ25: Stainless steel

14 Piston rod B Industrial chrome plating
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 φ32 to φ100: Steel
SM‑25 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy *2 Paint With air cushion
6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 15 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber
ShkAbs 7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 16 Holder gasket Nitrile rubber
8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 17 Needle holder Aluminum alloy
FJ φ20 to φ40: Aluminum alloy 18 Lock nut Steel Nickeling
9 Piston R
φ50 to φ100: Aluminum alloy die-casting 19 Needle Stainless steel
FK 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 20 Knob Aluminum alloy Chromate
11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber 21 Cushion packing Nitrile rubber/steel
Spd
Contr *1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
*2: φ50 and φ63 are aluminum alloy die-casting with the surface painted.
Ending
296
SCM-D Series
Repair parts list
Repair parts list SCP*3
Note: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
With rubber cushion With air cushion CMK2
Bore Bore
Kit No. Repair parts No. Kit No. Repair parts No. CMA2
size (mm) size (mm)
φ20 SCM-D-20DK φ20 SCM-D-20BK
φ25 SCM-D-25DK φ25 SCM-D-25BK SCM
*2
φ40 SCM-D-40DK φ40 SCM-D-40BK SCG
3 6 8 10 3 6 8
φ50 SCM-D-50DK φ50 SCM-D-50BK 10 15 16 21
φ63 SCM-D-63DK φ63 SCM-D-63BK SCA2
φ100 SCM-D-100DK φ100 SCM-D-100BK SCS2
*1: 3 , 6 and 10 are the same as those of the type with rubber cushion.
*2: 8 is not supplied with φ50 to φ100. CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
297
SCM-D Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Double acting double rod (00)
CMK2 [With rubber cushion] MN (Tang)
· Switch mounting: Rail
CMA2
MO
X + 2 × stroke length
MC A WF LL + stroke length WF + stroke length A
SCM
GB A WF C N GR RD HD GR N C
18 C T QA 2-EE QA
SCG 8-DA T
HD
φMM
φMM
SCA2
P
SD
φD
φJ
φJ
KK
SCS2 KK
SD KK 2 MO XF MA 4-MD MA XF + stroke length
Hexagon B
CKV2 φ20/φ25
CAV2/ * Axial foot (LB)
COVP/N2
SSD2
LX’ + stroke length
SSG
X + 2 x (ℓ + stroke length)
SSD With bellows on both sides A WF + ℓ LL + stroke length WF + ℓ + stroke length A
b b
CAT
φd
φd
φs
φs
MDC2
XF + ℓ XF + ℓ + stroke length
MVC
[With air cushion]
· Switch mounting: Rail
SMG A WF Air cushion
10° Eθ Needle 10° Eθ
C EA EA
MSD/ EE*
MSDG
)
)
ax
ax
FC*
(M
(M
EC
EC
STK KK 2 MO
*1 : Piping port (EE) of φ20 and φ25 is different. Refer to the dimensions *3 : The positions for the left and right tangs are unspecified.
SRL3 (EE*) of the type with air cushion. *4 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
*2 : Needle relational dimensions of the type with air cushion are display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRG3 the same as those of the double acting. Refer to page 224. *5 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 238 and 239.
SRM3 Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE (Note) GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO N QA SD
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 71 11 24 M5 8 6 4 2 12 14
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M10×1.25 71 11 29 M6 10 8 5 2 12 16.5
SRT3
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M10×1.25 73 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 2 12 20
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M14×1.5 79 12 44 M10 16 14 6 2 13 26
MRL2 φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M18×1.5 93 13 55 M12 20 17 8 2 15 32
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M18×1.5 93 13 69 M14 20 17 8 2 15 38
MRG2 φ80 40 32 37 89 M10 depth 22 Rc3/8 28 40 M22×1.5 108 - 80 - 25 22 11 3 15 50
φ100 40 41 37 110 M12 depth 22 Rc1/2 28 50 M26×1.5 108 - 100 - 30 27 13 3 15 60
SM‑25 Code With bellows With air cushion Switch mounting: Rail
HD RD
Bore size (mm) T WF X XF LX’ b d s ℓ EA EC EE* Eθ P GB
ShkAbs T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W
φ20 5 17 141 35 47.2 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 14 27 M5 30° 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
FJ φ25 6 18 151 40 47.2 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 14 29.5 M5 30° 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
φ32 6 18 153 40 47.2 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 14 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
FK φ40 8 20 179 50 52.2 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 15 36.6 Rc1/8 20° 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
φ50 11 23 209 58 58 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 43 Rc1/4 20° 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Spd φ63 11 23 209 58 58 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 50 Rc1/4 20° 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Contr φ80 13 31 250 71 60 55 50 88.7 (Stroke length/4.3) + 14.5 20 58.5 Rc3/8 20° 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0
φ100 16 31 250 71 60 56 60 109.7 (Stroke length/4.5) + 21 20 69 Rc1/2 20° 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5
Ending
Note: Installation dimensions of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 226 to 237. For axial foot (LB), refer to the figure above.
298
SCM-D Series
Double acting/double rod
Dimensions SCP*3
● Double acting double rod
[With rubber cushion] CMK2
CMA2
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GR SCM
7.9 RD HD
a b
a b
SCG
P1
SCA2
P3
SCS2
10 10
P2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
[With air cushion]
· Switch mounting: Band SSD2
SSG
GC GD SSD
(Pθ)
GR 30.5 30.5 GR
7.9 RD HD CAT
a b
a b
MDC2
P1
P3
MVC
10 10 SMG
P2
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
*1 : Needle relational dimensions of the type with air cushion are *3 : Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
the same as those of the double acting. Refer to page 224. display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. SRG3
*2 : The positions for the left and right tangs are unspecified.
Code Switch mounting: Band SRM3

Bore size GC GD HD RD
GR P1 P2 P3 Pθ
(mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W
SRT3
φ20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 19 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) MRL2
φ32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 20 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) MRG2
φ50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) SM‑25
φ80 16.0 16.0 18.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 28 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
φ100 15.5 15.5 17.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 28 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°) ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
299
Double acting/back to back
SCP*3
SCM-B Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-B
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/back to back
SCS2
CKV2
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 +1.4 +2.3
( to 500) ( to 750) ( to 750)
0 0 0
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
CAT
MDC2 Stroke length

MVC φ20
φ25 500
SMG 25, 50, 75
φ32
100, 125, 150 10
MSD/ φ40
200, 250, 300
MSDG φ50 750
φ63
FC*
STK
SRM3 φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
ShkAbs Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95

φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
300
SCM-B Series
Specifications
Indicator LED Without LED
(Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED SCS2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or CKV2
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less
CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
*1 : Refer to Ending Page 1 for other switch specifications.
*2 : The above max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20 mA when operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C. SSG
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*4 : Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD) cannot be used in DC magnetic field. SSD
CAT
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight MDC2
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Basic Axial foot Flange Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With switch rail) per switch
φ20 0.10 0.00 0.11 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.012 0.007 MVC
φ25 0.17 0.00 0.13 0.04 0.02 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007
φ32 0.26 0.02 0.18 0.08 0.05 weight in the 0.018 0.02 0.007 SMG
φ40 0.41 0.05 0.27 0.13 0.10 switch 0.03 0.032 0.007
φ50 0.77 0.07 0.55 0.41 0.21 0.044 0.046 0.008 MSD/
specifications.
φ63 1.07 0.11 0.83 0.61 0.25 0.052 0.054 0.009
MSDG
FC*
‌ roduct weight of
(Example) P [S1 weight]
SCM-B-LB-40D-25-T2H-D-D50-T2H-R Product weight when S = 0 mm 0.41 kg
25 STK
Additional weight when S = 25mm 0.032× 10 =0.08 kg
SRL3
S1 weight 0.41 kg+0.08 kg+0.036 kg=0.526 kg
[S2 weight] SRG3
25
Additional weight when S = 50mm 0.032× 10 =0.16 kg SRM3
S2 weight 0.63 kg+0.16 kg+0.018 kg=0.588 kg SRT3
Product weight (S1 weight + S2 weight + additional weight) 0.526 kg+0.588 kg+0.27 kg=1.384 kg
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MRG2
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SM‑25
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102 ShkAbs
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102 FJ
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102
Push 1.26×102 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103 FK
φ40
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103 Spd
φ50 Contr
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103
φ63 Ending
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
301
SCM-B Series
SCP*3
How to order Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2
Code Content
S1 stroke length S2 stroke length A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-B LB 40 D 25 D 50 J Y LB Axial foot
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Cylinder 1 side flange
CMA2 SCM-B LB 40 D 25 T0H D D 50 T0H R J Y FB Cylinder 2 side flange
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 TA Cylinder 1 side trunnion
TB Cylinder 2 side trunnion
SCM A Mounting
*1 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 φ20
SCG
25 φ25
32 φ32
SCA2 40 φ40
50 φ50
SCS2 63 φ63
C Port thread
CKV2 C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
CAV2/
COVP/N2
D Cushion
SSD2 D Cushion D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion

SSG E Stroke length E Stroke length Bore size Stroke length *2 Custom stroke length
=S1 =S2 φ20 to φ32 10 to 500 In 1 mm
SSD φ40 to φ63 10 to 750 increments
Cylinder 1 stroke length 25 mm (S1) F Switch model No.

F Switch model No. F Switch model No.
CAT + Cylinder 2 stroke length 50 mm (S2) Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Reed Contact
*4 Display
Total stroke length 75 mm S1 + S2 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
S1 S2 *3 T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
MDC2
MVC T1H* T1V* ●
1-color
display
2-wire
SMG T3H* T3V* ●

*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. 3-wire
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom)
MSD/ Proximity
bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled. T2WH* T2WV* ●
MSDG 2-wire
*3 : Refer to page 300 for the number of installed T2YH* T2YV* ● 2-color
switches and the min. stroke length. T3WH* T3WV* ● display
FC*
*4 : Switches other than ● F Switch model No. are T3YH* T3YV* ●
3-wire
also available. (Custom order) T2YD* - ● 2-color display
STK Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. 2-wire
T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size is
T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting style is the rail.
SRL3 *6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the * Lead wire length
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 5 5 m (option)
SRM3 *8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity G Switch quantity
for the “Z” switch mounting. R 1 on rod side
SRT3 *9 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if H 1 on head side
assembling before shipment is necessary. D 2
T 3
MRL2 [Example of model No.]
4 4 (If > 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
SCM-B-LB-40-D25-T0H-D-D50-T0H-R-JY H Switch mounting
MRG2 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/back to back H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
●
A Mounting : Axial foot Z Band method
SM‑25 ●B Bore size : φ40 mm
Option
●
I
C Port thread : Rc thread I Option
ShkAbs ●
Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion *2
Cylinder 1
●
E Stroke length : S1=25 mm *6
●
FJ Cylinder 2
●
E Stroke length : S2=50 mm
●
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch,
FK Lead wire 1 m M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
●
G Switch quantity : Cylinder 1; 2 pieces included,
Spd
Cylinder 2; 1 on rod side J Accessory
Contr J Accessory
●
H Switch mounting : Rail I Rod eye
Ending ● Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C

I Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
●J Accessory : Rod clevis B2 Clevis bracket
302
SCM-B Series
How to order
CMA2

previous page) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
● Mounting rail only ● Mounting bracket set + band CKV2

SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
SSD2
Bore size
(Item B on the previous page) (*1) SSG
(*2)
Stroke length
(Item E on the previous page) SSD
CAT
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment MDC2
number of rails as that of applicable switches. MVC
SMG
[Switch body only] MSD/
MSDG
SW T0H
FC*
Switch model No. STK

SRL3
How to order mounting bracket SRG3

Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 SRM3
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SRT3
Flange (FA) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63
Trunnion (TA) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
303
SCM-B Series
SCP*3
Applications
When the same stroke lengths are combined, When different stroke lengths are combined,
CMK2 3 positions possible. 4 positions possible.
3 2 1 Reference 4 3 2 1 Reference
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2 Internal structure and parts list

CAV2/
COVP/N2
1 2 6 3 4 5
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 4 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
MSD/
2 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 5 Intermediate cover Aluminum alloy Paint
MSDG
3 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 6 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
FC* Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
STK
Repair parts list
SRL3 Bore size (mm) Kit No. Repair parts No.
φ20 SCM-B-20DK
SRG3 φ25 SCM-B-25DK
φ32 SCM-B-32DK
1 2 3 4 6
SRM3 φ40 SCM-B-40DK
φ50 SCM-B-50DK
SRT3 φ63 SCM-B-63DK
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
304
SCM-B Series
Double acting/back to back
Dimensions SCP*3
● Double acting back to back · Switch mounting: Rail
MN (Tang) CMK2
CMA2
MO
X+S1*+S2*
SCM
A WF LL+S1*+S2* WF A
X + ℓ + stroke length MC
QE+S1*
A WF + ℓ GB A WF C 2 GR RD HD HD RD GR 2 C
SCG
8-DA 18 C T QA 4-EE QD QC QD QA
b SCA2
φMM
φMM
P
SCS2
SD
φD
φJ
φd
φs
φJ
KK
XF + ℓ SD KK 2 MO Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 CKV2
Hexagon B XF MA 4-MD 4-MD MA XF
φ20/φ25 CAV2/
With bellows
COVP/N2
HD
SSD2
SSG
SSD
· Switch mounting: Band In the case of T2W, T3W CAT

GC GD GD GC
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 GR MDC2
7.9 RD HD HD RD
d a b c
a b c d
MVC
P1
SMG
P3
P2 10 10 10 10 MSD/
MSDG
*1: Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*: S1 = Cylinder 1 stroke length, S2 = Cylinder 2 stroke length FC*
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO QA QC STK
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 137 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 19
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M10×1.25 137 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 19
SRL3
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M10×1.25 143 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 21
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M14×1.5 157 12 44 M10 16 14 6 13 25
φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M18×1.5 184 13 55 M12 20 17 8 15 28
SRG3
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M18×1.5 184 13 69 M14 20 17 8 15 28
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail SRM3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) QD QE SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W SRT3
φ20 7 59 14 5 17 207 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
φ25 7 59 16.5 6 18 217 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 MRL2
φ32 7 61 20 6 18 223 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
φ40 7 66 26 8 20 257 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 MRG2
φ50 10 78 32 11 23 300 58 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ63 10 78 38 11 23 300 58 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 SM‑25
GC GD HD RD ShkAbs
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
φ20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
φ25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
FK
φ50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Spd
φ63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Contr
Ending
305
Double acting/two-stage
SCP*3
SCM-W Series
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-W
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/two-stage
SCS2
Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar) (*1)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
CAV2/ Ambient temperature°C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2
Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4
SSD2 S1 ±1.4 ±2.3
Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 +2.3
S2
SSG 0 0
SSD Cushion Rubber cushion
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
CAT *1: ‌Max. working pressure is 0.5 MPa when
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 S1 and S2 are the same value.
MDC2 Stroke length

MVC φ20
φ25
SMG 25, 50, 75
φ32
100, 125, 150 600 10
MSD/ φ40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
φ50
FC* φ63
*2: The max. stroke length of S2 is 200 mm.
STK
SRG3
SRM3
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
306
SCM-W Series
Specifications

SCA2
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*2) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166 SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
SSD
MDC2
MVC
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight SMG
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With switch rail) per switch MSD/
φ20 0.10 -0.01 0.10 0.02 0.04 0.00 0.01 0.012 0.007 MSDG
φ25 0.17 -0.02 0.11 0.02 0.06 0.00 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007
FC*
φ32 0.26 -0.01 0.15 0.05 0.14 0.02 weight in the 0.018 0.02 0.007
φ40 0.41 -0.03 0.19 0.05 0.20 0.02 switch 0.03 0.032 0.007
STK
φ50 0.77 -0.06 0.42 0.28 0.34 0.08 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008
φ63 1.07 -0.02 0.70 0.48 0.66 0.12 0.052 0.054 0.009 SRL3
(Example) ‌Product weight of [S1 weight]
SRG3
SCM-W-LB-40-D100-T2H-D-D25-T2H-R Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.41 kg
100
SRM3
Weight of 2 switches··························0.036 kg
S1 weight········································0.41 kg+0.32 kg+0.036 kg=0.766 kg
SRT3
[S2 weight]
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.41 kg MRL2
25
Additional weight when S = 25mm········0.032× 10 =0.08 kg
Weight of 1 switches·························· 0.018 kg MRG2
S2 weight········································ 0.41 kg+0.08 kg+0.018 kg=0.508 kg
Product weight (S1 weight + S2 weight + additional weight)····0.766 kg+0.508 kg+0.19 kg=1.464 kg SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
307
SCM-W Series
SCP*3
How to order Total stroke 1st stage stroke length
Code Content
S1 S2 A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-W LB 40 D 100 D 25 J I LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM-W LB 40 D 100 T0H D D 25 T0H R J I FB Head side flange
Cylinder Cylinder CA Eye bracket
SCM A Mounting
*1
B Bore size 20 φ20
25 φ25
SCA2 32 φ32
40 φ40
SCS2 50 φ50
63 φ63
CKV2 C Port thread
C Port thread C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2 D Cushion
D Cushion D Cushion
1st stage stroke length 25 mm (S2) D With two-sided rubber cushion
SSG + 2nd stage stroke length 75 mm E Stroke length (mm)
Total stroke length 100 mm (S1) E Stroke length E Stroke length
=S1 = S2 *3
SSD φ20 to φ63 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.

S1 S2 F Switch model No. F Switch model No.
CAT Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Reed Contact
*5 Display
Precautions for model No. selection *6
lead wire lead wire
T0H* T0V*
AC DC
● ● 1-color display
wire
MDC2
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T5H* T5V* ● ● Without indicator lamp 2-wire
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the T8H* T8V* ● ● 1-color display
MVC mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be
T1H* T1V* ●
shipped assembled. 1-color 2-wire
*3 : The max. stroke length of S2 (1st stage) is 200 mm. T2H* T2V* ●
SMG *4 : Refer to page 306 for the number of installed display
T3H* T3V* ●
3-wire
switches and the min. stroke length. T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom)
MSD/
*5 : Switches other than ●
Proximity
F Switch model No. T2WH* T2WV* ●
MSDG 2-wire
are also available. (Custom order) T2YH* T2YV* ● 2-color
FC* Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T3WH* T3WV* ● display

3-wire
*6 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the T3YH* T3YV* ●
bore size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch
T2YD* - ● 2-color display
STK mounting style is the rail. 2-wire
T2YDT* - ● for AC magnetic field
*7 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
SRL3 instantaneously contact the bellows. * Lead wire length
*8 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom Blank 1 m (standard)
SRG3 specifications of rod end form. 3 3 m (option)
*9 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not
5 5 m (option)
available for the “Z” switch mounting.
SRM3 *10 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. G Switch quantity
*11 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact G Switch quantity G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
CKD if assembling before shipment is necessary.
SRT3 H 1 on head side
[Example of model No.] D 2

T 3
MRL2 SCM-W-LB-40-D100-T0H-D-D25-T0H-R-JI
Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/two-stage H Switch mounting
MRG2
●
A Mounting : Axial foot H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
●
B Bore size : φ40 mm Z Band method
SM‑25 ●
Option
●
I
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion I Option
ShkAbs ●
●
●
FJ
●
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch,
Lead wire 1 m
FK
●
G Switch quantity : Cylinder 1; 2 pieces included,
Spd Cylinder 2; 1 on rod side
Contr ●
J Accessory
J Accessory
●I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient
*10
I Rod eye
temperature at 60°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
Ending
●J Accessory : Rod eye B2 Clevis bracket
308
SCM-W Series
How to order
CMA2

previous page) Bore size SCG

● Mounting rail only ● Mounting bracket set + band SCS2

SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40 CKV2
Mounting rail CAV2/

Bore size COVP/N2
(Item Bon the previous page) SSD2
(*1)
Stroke length (*2) SSG
[Switch body only]

SW T0H SSD
length) will be included per switch. CAT
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same Switch model No.
(Item F on the previous page) MDC2
MVC
How to order mounting bracket SMG

Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 MSD/
Mounting bracket MSDG
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
309
SCM-W Series
SCP*3
Applications
Pressure setting: P2 > P1 P2 = P1 is allowed
CMK2 ● 1st stage push depending on the load direction.
Keeping port 4 pressurized, When using a single acting
4
pressurize port 1. cylinder with free fall load, ports
CMA2 4 32 1
● 2nd stage push 2 and 4 in the upper figure and
2
Keeping port 1 pressurized, ports 2 and 3 in the lower figure
SCM pressurize port 3. are breathing holes.
3 2 1
SCG
3
P1 2
SCA2 P2
SCS2
CKV2 Internal structure and parts list

CAV2/
COVP/N2
1 2 9 3 4 5 6 7 8
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
1 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 6 Intermediate cover Aluminum alloy Paint
SMG
2 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 7 Rod packing Nitrile rubber
MSD/ 3 Piston packing Nitrile rubber φ20 to φ25: Stainless steel
MSDG 4 Wear ring Polyacetal resin φ32 to φ63: Steel
5 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy 9 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
FC*
Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
STK
SRL3 Repair parts list

SRG3
φ20 SCM-W-20DK
SRM3 φ25 SCM-W-25DK
φ32 SCM-W-32DK 1 2 3
SRT3 φ40 SCM-W-40DK 4 7 9
φ50 SCM-W-50DK
MRL2 φ63 SCM-W-63DK
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
310
SCM-W Series
Double acting/two-stage
Dimensions SCP*3
● Double acting two-stage · Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2
MN (Tang)
CMA2
MO
X+S1*+S2* SCM
A WF LL+S1*+S2* 2
X+ℓ+S1+S2 MC
QE+S1* SCG
A WF+ℓ GB A WF GH
C 2 GR RD HD RD HD
8-DA 18 C QA QC QD QB
b
T 2EE QD SCA2
φMM
φMM
SCS2
P
SD
φd
φJ
φs
φD
φJ
KK CKV2
XF+ℓ SD KK 2 MO Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2
Hexagon B XF MA 4-MD MB CAV2/
With bellows φ20/φ25 COVP/N2
HD
SSD2
SSG
SSD
In the case of T2W, T3W CAT

GC GD GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 GH MDC2
7.9 RD HD RD HD
a b c d
a c b d
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
P2 10 10 10 10 MSD/
*1: Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSDG
*: S1 = Total stroke length, S2 = Cylinder 2 stroke length
FC*
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN MO QA QB
STK
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 135 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 10
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 135 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 10
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 141 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 10 SRL3
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 156 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 13 12
φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 181 13 12 55 M12 20 17 8 15 12 SRG3
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 181 13 12 69 M14 20 17 8 15 12
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail SRM3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) QC QD QE SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W SRT3
φ20 19 7 59 14 5 17 172 35 30 30 25.7 (S1/3)+18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
φ25 19 7 59 16.5 6 18 177 40 35 30 30.7 (S1/3)+20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 MRL2
φ32 21 7 61 20 6 18 183 40 31.5 35 37.7 (S1/3)+19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
φ40 25 7 66 26 8 20 208 50 40 35 46.7 (S1/3)+18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
MRG2
φ50 28 10 78 32 11 23 241 58 46 40 57.7 (S1/3.6)+18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ63 28 10 78 38 11 23 241 58 46 40 71.7 (S1/3.6)+18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ ShkAbs
φ20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) FJ
φ32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) FK
φ50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
Ending
311
Double acting/tandem
SCP*3
SCM-W4 Series
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-W4
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/tandem
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
COVP/N2
Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4
-1.0 -1.0
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
CAT
MDC2 Stroke length

MVC φ20
φ25
25, 50, 75
SMG φ32
100, 125, 150 600 10
MSD/ φ40
200, 250, 300
MSDG φ50
φ63
FC*
STK
SRM3 φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
‌ or types with one switch, when the stroke length is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail
Ending *1: F
312
SCM-W4 Series
Specifications
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
CAT
MDC2
MVC
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Switch weight Added weight Additional weight per Band weight SMG
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc.) /S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With
switch rail) per switch
φ20 0.10 0.00 0.11 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.012 0.007 MSD/
MSDG
φ25 0.17 -0.01 0.12 0.03 0.07 0.01 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007
φ32 0.26 0.00 0.16 0.06 0.15 0.03 weight in the 0.018 0.02 0.007 FC*
φ40 0.41 -0.01 0.21 0.07 0.22 0.04 switch 0.03 0.032 0.007
φ50 0.77 -0.01 0.47 0.33 0.39 0.13 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008 STK
φ63 1.07 0.02 0.74 0.52 0.70 0.16 0.052 0.054 0.009
SRL3
(1) Product weight when S = 0 mm············ 0.41 kg
100
(2) Additional weight when S = 100 mm······ 0.032× 10 =0.32 kg SRG3
(Example) Product weight of SCM-W4-LB-40D-100-T2H-D (3) Weight of 2 switches··························· 0.036 kg
(4) (1) + (2) + (3) should be added············· 0.41 kg+0.32 kg+0.036 kg=0.766 kg SRM3
Product weight (Double (4) and add additional weight)··· 0.766 kg×2+0.21 kg=1.742 kg
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
313
SCM-W4 Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-W4 LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
CMA2 SCM-W4 LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
SCM A Mounting
*1
B Bore size 20 φ20
SCA2 25 φ25
32 φ32
40 φ40
SCS2
50 φ50
63 φ63
CKV2
C Port thread
C Port thread
CAV2/ Blank Rc thread
COVP/N2 N NPT thread (custom order product)
SSD2
D Cushion
D Cushion
SSG
SSD φ20 to φ63 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.

CAT F Switch model No. Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Reed Contact
*4 Display
MDC2 *5
T1H* T1V* ●
1-color 2-wire
SMG Precautions for model No. selection T2H* T2V* ●
display
T3H* T3V* ●
MSD/ *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. 3-wire
T3PH* T3PV* ● 1-color display (custom)
MSDG *2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV* ●
mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ● 2-color
FC* assembled.
*3 : Refer to page 312 for the number of installed T3WH* T3WV* ● display
3-wire
switches and the min. stroke length. T3YH* T3YV* ●
STK *4 : Switches other than ● F Switch model No. are T2YD* - ● 2-color display
T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
SRL3 Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore
size is from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting
* Lead wire length
SRG3 style is the rail. Blank 1 m (standard)
*6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., 5 5 m (option)
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity
SRT3 specifications of rod end form. R 1 on rod side
*8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not H 1 on head side
available for the “Z” switch mounting.
MRL2 *9 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
D 2
T 3
*10 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact
MRG2 CKD if assembling before shipment is necessary.
H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
SM‑25
SCM-W4-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI Z Band method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/tandem I Option

I Option
●
A Mounting : Axial foot
*2
FJ ●
*6
●
*8
FK
●
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion L Bellows 250°C 400°C
●
E Stroke length : 100 mm Q Switch rail attached at shipment
Spd ●
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Contr ●G Switch quantity : 2 P6 Copper and PTFE free
●
J Accessory
●
Ending Option
I : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C J Accessory I Rod eye
● Accessory
J : Rod eye *9
Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
314 B2 Clevis bracket
SCM-W4 Series
How to order
CMA2

previous page) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail COVP/N2
Bore size
SSD2
(Item B on the previous page) (*1)
SSG
Stroke length (*2)
SSD
CAT
MVC
SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
FC*
Switch model No.
STK
SRL3
How to order mounting bracket SRG3

Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 SRM3
Mounting bracket
SRT3
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63 MRL2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
315
SCM-W4 Series
SCP*3
Applications
CMK2
CMA2 Example 1 S1 and S2 are individually piped.
SCM
Example 2 S2 pushing force is increased.

SCG
SCA2
Example 3 S2 pulling force is increased.
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Internal structure and parts list
SSD2
SSG
1 2 8 3 4 5 6 7
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
1 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 5 Intermediate cover Aluminum alloy Paint
MSD/ 2 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 6 Rod packing Nitrile rubber
MSDG 3 Piston packing Nitrile rubber φ20 to φ25: Stainless steel
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy φ32 to φ63: Steel
FC*
Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting. 8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
STK
SRL3
Repair parts list
φ20 SCM-W4-20DK
SRG3
φ25 SCM-W4-25DK
φ32 SCM-W4-32DK
SRM3 1 2 3 8
φ40 SCM-W4-40DK
SRT3 φ50 SCM-W4-50DK
φ63 SCM-W4-63DK
MRL2 *1: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
*2: 6 Rod packing is not included in the repair parts kit since it is not replaceable.
Two 8 cushion rubbers are included in the repair parts kit since only two of the four cushion rubbers are replaceable.
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
316
SCM-W4 Series
Double acting/tandem
Dimensions SCP*3
● Double acting tandem · Switch mounting: Rail
MN (Tang) CMK2
CMA2
MO
X + 2 × stroke length SCM
A WF LL + 2 x stroke length 2
X + ℓ + 2 x stroke length MC
QE + stroke length
A WF + ℓ GB A WF
SCG
C 2 GR RD HD GH
8-DA 18 C T QA 4-EE QD QC QB
b SCA2
φMM
φMM
P
SCS2
SD
φd
φD
φs
φJ
φJ
KK CKV2
XF + ℓ SD KK 2 MO Hexagon B XF MA 4-MD MB
CAV2/
With bellows φ20/φ25 HD COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
GC GD SSD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 In the case of T2W, T3W
7.9 RD HD CAT
a b
a b
MDC2
P1
P3
P2 MVC
10 10
*1: ‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color display, SMG
MSD/
MSDG
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN MO QA QB
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 135 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 10 FC*
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 135 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 10
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 141 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 10 STK
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 156 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 13 12
φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 181 13 12 55 M12 20 17 8 15 12 SRL3
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 181 13 12 69 M14 20 17 8 15 12
With bellows Switch mounting: Rail SRG3
Code
HD RD
QC QD QE SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W SRM3
Bore size (mm) T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W
φ20 19 7 59 14 5 17 172 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
φ25 19 7 59 16.5 6 18 177 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 SRT3
φ32 21 7 61 20 6 18 183 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
φ40 25 7 66 26 8 20 208 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 MRL2
φ50 28 10 78 32 11 23 241 58 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ63 28 10 78 38 11 23 241 58 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 MRG2
Switch mounting: Band
Code SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
Bore size (mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
φ20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ShkAbs
φ25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FJ
φ40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
FK
φ50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
φ63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
Ending
317
Double acting/rotation-stop
SCP*3
SCM-M Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications 1 MPa = 10 bar
SCG Descriptions SCM-M
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/rotation-stop
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar) 0.05 (≈7.3 psi)
CKV2
0 0
Non-rotating accuracy ° ±1
MDC2
Stroke length
MVC Bore size (mm) Standard stroke length (mm) Max. stroke length (mm) Min. stroke length (mm)
φ20
SMG φ25
25, 50, 75
φ32
MSD/ 100, 125, 150 600 10
φ40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
φ50
FC* φ63
STK
SRG3
SRM3
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90

φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending *1: F
‌ or types with one switch, when the stroke length is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail
318
SCM-M Series
Specifications
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
MDC2
MVC
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (Withswitch rail ) per switch SMG
φ20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.010 0.012 0.007
φ25 0.18 0.31 0.22 0.26 0.20 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
MSDG
φ32 0.27 0.43 0.33 0.42 0.30 weight in the 0.018 0.020 0.007
φ40 0.44 0.66 0.52 0.67 0.49 switch 0.030 0.032 0.007 FC*
φ63 1.15 1.87 1.65 1.83 1.29 0.052 0.054 0.009 STK

100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-M-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight··································0.66 kg+0.32 kg+0.036 kg=1.016 kg
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRG2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102 SM‑25
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×10 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102
2
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102 ShkAbs
Push 80.4 1.21×102 1.61×102 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102 FJ
Push 1.26×10 1.88×10 2.51×10 3.77×10 5.03×10 6.28×10 7.54×10 8.80×10 1.01×10 1.13×10 1.26×10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
φ40 FK
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×10 2.95×10 3.93×10 5.89×10 7.85×10 9.82×10 1.18×10 1.37×10 1.57×10 1.77×10 1.96×10
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Spd
φ50
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103 Contr
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103
φ63 Ending
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
319
SCM-M Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Without switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-M LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 FB Head side flange
SCM-M LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I CA Eye bracket
SCM TA Rod side trunnion
A Mounting TB Head side trunnion
SCG *1 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 φ20
SCA2 25 φ25
32 φ32
SCS2 40 φ40
50 φ50
63 φ63
CKV2
C Port thread
CAV2/ C Port thread Blank Rc thread
COVP/N2 N NPT thread (custom order product)
SSD2
D Cushion
SSG
SSD
CAT F Switch model No.

F Switch model No. Voltage
Reed Contact
Axial Radial Lead
*4 Display
MDC2 *5 T0H* T0V* ● ● 1-color display
T1H* T1V* ●
SMG 2-wire
T3H* T3V* ●
MSD/ 3-wire
MSDG Precautions for model No. selection ●
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
2-wire
FC* *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T2YH* T2YV* ●
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting bracket is 2-color display
T3WH* T3WV* ●
LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV* ●
STK *3 : Refer to page 318 for the number of installed switches and
the min. stroke length. T2YD* - ● 2-color display
2-wire
SRL3 *4 :
Switches other than ●
F Switch model No. are also available. T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
(Custom order) T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. * Lead wire length
SRG3 *5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size is from φ20
Blank 1 m (standard)
to φ40 and the switch mounting style is the rail.
*6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature when 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 sparks, cutting chips, etc., instantaneously contact the bellows. 5 5 m (option)
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications of rod G Switch quantity
SRT3 end form. G Switch quantity
*8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available for the “Z” R 1 on rod side
switch mounting. H 1 on head side
MRL2 *9 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. D 2
*10 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if assembling T 3
before shipment is necessary.

SM‑25 H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
SCM-M-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI Z Band method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/rotation-stop I Option
●
FJ ●
B Bore size : φ40 mm *2
●
C Port thread : Rc thread *6
●
FK ●
E Stroke length : 100 mm
Spd ●
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
Contr ● Switch quantity : 2

G J Accessory
●
H Switch mounting : Rail J Accessory I Rod eye
●
Ending J
I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 60°C *9 Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
● Accessory : Rod eye B2 Clevis bracket
320
SCM-M Series
How to order
CMA2

previous page) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail
COVP/N2
Bore size
SSD2
(Item B on the previous page) (*1)
SSG
Stroke length (*2)
SSD

CAT
MVC
[Switch body only]
SMG
SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
Switch model No. FC*

(Item Fon the previous page)
STK
How to order mounting bracket SRL3

Bore size (mm)
φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63 SRG3
Mounting bracket
SRM3
SRT3
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. MRL2
MRG2
Internal structure
SM‑25
Same as standard. Refer to page 222.
ShkAbs
Repair parts list FJ
φ20 SCM-M-20K
FK
φ25 SCM-M-25K
φ32 SCM-M-32K Spd
3 6 8 10 13
φ40 SCM-M-40K Contr
φ50 SCM-M-50K
φ63 SCM-M-63K
Ending
321
SCM-M Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Double acting rotation-stop · Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2 MC X + stroke length
X + ℓ + stroke length GB A WF LL + stroke length 2
HD
CMA2 A WF + ℓ 8-DA
18 C 2 GR RD
2-EE
GH
T QA QB
φMM
SCM b
P
SCG
SD
φJ
φd
φs
φJ
φD
SCA2
KK MN (Tang)
XF + ℓ
SCS2 SD XF MA 4-MD MB
With bellows
CKV2 Hexagon B
HD
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD · Switch mounting: Band

GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
CAT 7.9 RD HD
a b
a b
MDC2
P1
MVC
SMG
P2
MSD/ 10 10
MSDG
FC*
STK Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN QA QB
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 11 11 24 M5 10 8 12 10
φ25 22 17 19.5 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 11 11 29 M6 12 10 12 10
SRL3
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 11 10 36 M8 12 10 12 10
φ40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 12 10 44 M10 16 14 13 12
SRG3 φ50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 13 12 55 M12 20 17 15 12
φ63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 13 12 69 M14 20 17 15 12
SRM3 Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail
HD RD
SRT3 Bore size (mm) SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W
φ20 14 5 17 106 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRL2 φ25 16.5 6 18 111 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke length/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
φ32 20 6 18 113 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke length/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
MRG2 φ40 26 8 20 130 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke length/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
φ50 32 11 23 150 58 46 40 57.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
φ63 38 11 23 150 58 46 40 71.7 (Stroke length/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
ShkAbs Bore size (mm) P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T2W T2W T2W T2W
φ20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
φ25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
φ32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FK φ40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
φ50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Spd
φ63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Contr
Ending
322
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
323
Double acting/direct mounting foot
SCP*3
SCM-LD Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Descriptions SCM-LD
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/direct mounting foot
SCS2
CKV2
0 0
J Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
CAT
MDC2
Stroke length
MVC φ20
φ25
25, 50, 75
SMG φ32
100, 125, 150 300 10
φ40
MSD/ 200, 250, 300
MSDG φ50
φ63
FC* *1: The custom stroke length is available in 1 mm increments.

SRG3 Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3
φ25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 φ32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
φ40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 φ50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
φ63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2

ShkAbs (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
φ20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ φ25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK φ40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
φ50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
Contr φ63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending mounting position is different. Refer to page 329 for mounting position.
324
SCM-LD Series
Specifications
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2

(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
MDC2
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight Band weight
MVC
Bore size (mm) Basic (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm per S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch
SMG
φ20 0.14 0.010 0.012 0.007
φ25 0.22 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
φ32 0.34 weight in the 0.018 0.020 0.007 MSDG
φ40 0.56 switch 0.030 0.032 0.007 FC*
φ50 1.04 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008
φ63 1.46 0.052 0.054 0.009 STK

100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-LD-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight··································0.56 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=0.916 kg
SRM3
SRT3

MRL2
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRG2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26×102 1.57×102 1.88×102 2.20×102 2.51×102 2.83×102 3.14×102
φ20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06×102 1.32×102 1.58×102 1.85×102 2.11×102 2.38×102 2.64×102 SM‑25
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47×102 1.96×102 2.45×102 2.95×102 3.44×102 3.93×102 4.42×102 4.91×102
φ25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24×102 1.65×102 2.06×102 2.47×102 2.89×102 3.30×102 3.71×102 4.12×102 ShkAbs
Push 80.4 1.21×10 1.61×10 2.41×102 3.22×102 4.02×102 4.83×102 5.63×102 6.43×102 7.24×102 8.04×102
2 2
φ32
Pull 69.1 1.04×102 1.38×102 2.07×102 2.76×102 3.46×102 4.15×102 4.84×102 5.53×102 6.22×102 6.91×102 FJ
Push 1.26×10 1.88×102 2.51×102 3.77×102 5.03×102 6.28×102 7.54×102 8.80×102 1.01×103 1.13×103 1.26×103
2
φ40 FK
Pull 1.06×102 1.58×102 2.11×102 3.17×102 4.22×102 5.28×102 6.33×102 7.39×102 8.44×102 9.50×102 1.06×103
Push 1.96×102 2.95×102 3.93×102 5.89×102 7.85×102 9.82×102 1.18×103 1.37×103 1.57×103 1.77×103 1.96×103 Spd
φ50
Pull 1.65×102 2.47×102 3.30×102 4.95×102 6.60×102 8.25×102 9.90×102 1.15×103 1.32×103 1.48×103 1.65×103 Contr
Push 3.12×102 4.68×102 6.23×102 9.35×102 1.25×103 1.56×103 1.87×103 2.18×103 2.49×103 2.81×103 3.12×103
φ63 Ending
Pull 2.80×102 4.20×102 5.61×102 8.41×102 1.12×103 1.40×103 1.68×103 1.96×103 2.24×103 2.52×103 2.80×103
325
SCM-LD Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
LD Direct mounting foot
CMK2 SCM-LD 40 D 100 M I
B Bore size (mm)
CMA2 20 φ20
SCM-LD 40 D 100 T0H D M I 25 φ25
SCM 32 φ32
40 φ40
SCG A Mounting
50 φ50
B Bore size
63 φ63
SCA2
C Port thread
C Port thread
SCS2 Blank Rc thread
CKV2 G G thread (custom order product)
CAV2/ D Cushion
D Cushion
COVP/N2 D With two-sided rubber cushion

E Stroke length
SSG φ20 to φ63 10 to 300 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.
SSD F Switch model No.
Voltage
Contact
*2 Axial Radial Lead
Display
*3 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
CAT
Reed
MDC2
T1H* T1V* ●
MVC 2-wire
SMG T3H* T3V* ●

3-wire
MSD/
T2WH* T2WV* ●
Proximity
MSDG 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV* ●
2-color display
FC* T3WH* T3WV* ●
3-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T3YH* T3YV* ●
STK T2YD* - ●
*1 :·Refer to page 324 for the min. stroke length with 2-color display
2-wire
switch. T2YDT* - ● AC magnetic field
SRL3 *2 :·Switches other than ●F Switch model No. are also T2JH* T2JV* ● 1-color display off-delay 2-wire
available. (Custom order)
* Lead wire length
SRG3 ·Refer to Ending Page 1 for details.
*3 :·T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size is Blank 1 m (standard)
from φ20 to φ40 and the switch mounting style is the rail. 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 *4 :·Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications
of rod end form. 5 5 m (option)
SRT3 *5 :·“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available for the
“Z” switch mounting.
G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity
*6 :·“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. R 1 on rod side
MRL2 *7 :·Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if H 1 on head side
D 2
MRG2 T 3
[Example of model No.] 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
SM‑25
SCM-LD-40D-100-T0H-D-MI H Switch mounting
H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder double acting/direct mounting foot
● A Mounting : Direct mounting foot Z Band method
FJ ●
B Bore size : φ40 mm I Option
●
C Port thread : Rc thread I Option
●
FK
●
E Stroke length : 100 mm M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Spd ●
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m P6 Copper and PTFE free (custom order product)
Contr ●G Switch quantity : 2
J Accessory
●
H Switch mounting : Rail J Accessory
●
Ending Option
I : Piston rod material (stainless steel) *6
I Rod eye
●
J Accessory : Rod eye Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring attached)
326
SCM-LD Series
How to order
CMA2
Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No.

SCM
previous page) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on the previous page) SSD2
(*1) SSG
Stroke length (*2)
SSD
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same
MDC2
MVC
[Switch body only]
SMG
SW T0H
MSD/
MSDG
Switch model No.
FC*
(Item Fon the previous page)
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Internal structure
Ending
Same as standard. Refer to page 222.
327
SCM-LD Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
● Double acting/direct foot · Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2 MN (Tang)
CMA2
SCM MO
X + stroke length
SCG A WF LL + stroke length 2
LS C GR RD HD GH
SCA2 A WF QB
2-LE LR T QA
2-EE
LB
SCS2 18
C
CKV2
φMM
φMM
P
CAV2/
LS
φD
φJ
COVP/N2
LH
KK
SSD2
KK 2 MO Hexagon B
SSG 2-φLD LF
φ20/φ25 HD
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC In the case of T2W, T3W
GC GD
SMG (Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MSD/ 7.9 RD HD
MSDG a b
a b
FC*
P1
STK
SRL3 10 10
P2
SRG3 *1:‌Refer to page 329 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
display, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRM3 Code Basic (00) basic dimensions
Bore size
A B C D EE GH GR J KK LL MM MN MO QA QB T WF X LB LD LE LF LH LR
SRT3 (mm)
φ20 18 13 15.5 26 Rc1/8 17 27 12 M8 77 8 6 4 20 10 5 9 106 11 5.5 9.5 spot face depth 5.4 20 15 18
MRL2 φ25 22 17 19.5 31 Rc1/8 17 27 14 M10×1.25 77 10 8 5 20 10 6 10 111 12 6.6 11 spot face depth 6.5 22 18 22
φ32 22 17 19.5 38 Rc1/8 17 32 18 M10×1.25 84 12 10 5.5 25 10 6 10 118 13 9 14 spot face depth 8.6 23 21 24
MRG2 φ40 30 22 27 47 Rc1/8 19 36 25 M14×1.5 94 16 14 6 29 12 8 9 135 16 11 17.5 spot face depth 10.8 25 26 32
φ50 35 27 32 58 Rc1/4 22 43 30 M18×1.5 108 20 17 8 33 12 11 10 155 17 14 20 spot face depth 13 27 32 41
SM‑25 φ63 35 27 32 72 Rc1/4 22 48 32 M18×1.5 113 20 17 8 38 12 11 10 160 19 18 26 spot face depth 17.5 29 38 46
Code Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
ShkAbs Bore size HD RD GC GD HD RD
LS P T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
(mm) T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
FJ φ20 30 19.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
φ25 36 22 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
FK φ32 42 25.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
φ40 52 30 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Spd
φ50 64 35.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Contr
φ63 76 42.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
328
SCM Series
Common to SCM Series
Switch rail installation position (rail installation position for stroke length of 10 mm and over and less than 25 mm with 1 switch) SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
1. The switch rail is mounted at the position inclined by 90˚ from the standard position. SCA2
2. Trunnion mounting is not available because the switch rail and the bracket interfere with each other.
3. When
‌ combining one cylinder with stroke length of 10 and over and less than 25 and the other one with
stroke length of 25 and over for variations B and W, the installation position of the switch rail is as shown in SCS2
the figure above such that the cylinders 1 and 2 are placed at 90˚ to each other.
CKV2
Switch mounting: Rail 2-color display, AC magnetic field, off-delay, T1H/V, T8H/V switches mounted, dimensions of protruding section CAV2/
COVP/N2
● SCM-* T2YH/V, T3YH/V, T2JH/V, T8H/V ● SCM-* T2YD*, T1H/V
SSD2
RD HD RD HD
SSG
SSD
FA
FA
CAT
MDC2
FA RD HD
Bore size
T*YH, T8H T*YV, T8V T*YH/V, T1H/V, T*YH/V, T1H/V, MVC
(mm) T2YD*, T1H T1V T8H/V T8H/V
T2JH T2JV T2JH/V, T2YD* T2JH/V, T2YD*
φ20 24 27 29.5 32.5 6.5 1.5 5.5 0.5 SMG
φ25 26.5 29.5 32 35 7.5 2.5 4.5 0
φ32 30 33 35.5 38.5 8.5 3.5 5.5 0.5 MSD/
MSDG
φ40 34.5 37.5 40 43 10.5 5.5 7.5 2.5
φ50 40 43 45.5 48.5 12 7 10 5 FC*
φ63 47 50 52.5 55.5 12 7 10 5
φ80 55.5 58.5 61 64 19 14 12 7 STK
φ100 66 69 71.5 74.5 18.5 13.5 12.5 7.5
SRL3
Switch mounting: Band 2-color display switches mounted, AC magnetic field, off-delay, T1H/V, T8H/V switches, dimensions of protruding section
SRG3
● SCM-* T2YH/V, T3YH/V, T2YH/V, T8H/V ● SCM-* T2YD*, T1H/V
RD HD SRM3
GR 30.5 30.5 GH (Pθ) RD HD
(Pθ)
GR 30.5 30.5 GH
8 a b
8
a b SRT3
a b
a b
P1
MRL2
P1
P3
P3
10 MRG2
P2 10
10 10
P2
SM‑25
P1 RD HD
Bore size
T*YH, T8H T*YV, T8V T*YH/V, T1H/V, T*YH/V, T1H/V,
(mm) T2YD*, T1H T1V T8H/V T8H/V ShkAbs
T2JH T2JV T2JH/V, T2YD* T2JH/V, T2YD*
φ20 25.4 28.4 30.4 33.4 6.5 1.5 5.5 0.5
FJ
φ25 27.9 30.9 32.9 35.9 7.5 2.5 4.5 0
φ32 31.4 34.4 36.4 39.4 8.5 3.5 5.5 0.5
FK
φ40 36 39 41 44 10.5 5.5 7.5 2.5
φ50 41.5 44.5 46.5 49.5 12 7 10 5 Spd
φ63 48.5 51.5 53.5 56.5 12 7 10 5 Contr
φ80 57 60 62 65 19 14 12 7
φ100 67.5 70.5 72.5 75.5 18.5 13.5 12.5 7.5
Ending
329
Pneumatic components
Safety Precautions
SCP*3 Be sure to read this section before use.
Refer to Intro Page 73 for general information of the cylinder, and to Intro Page 80 for general information of the cylinder switch.
CMK2
CMA2 Product-specific cautions: Round shaped cylinder SCM Series
SCM
Design/selection
SCG
1. Common 2. Fine speed SCM-F
SCA2
CAUTION CAUTION
SCS2 ■ Use without lubrication.
■ As a cushion mechanism integrated in the cylinder, Applying lubrication may cause changes in characteristics.
CKV2 the rubber cushion and the air cushion are available.
The purpose of the air cushion is to absorb the ■ Assemble the speed controller near the cylinder.
CAV2/
COVP/N2
piston's kinetic energy by using air compressibility, When installed far from the cylinder, the speed becomes unstable. Use
avoiding collisions of piston and cover at the stroke the SC-M3/M5, SC3W, SCD-M3/M5 or SC3U Series speed controller.
SSD2 end. Thus, the cushion is not used to decelerate the
piston speed (deceleration action) near the stroke ■ In general, the speed is stabler at higher air
SSG pressure and lower load factor.
end. The following table shows the kinetic energy that
can be absorbed by the cushion. If the kinetic energy Use at a 50% or less load factor.
SSD
exceeds these values, or if bounding caused by the
■ Stable speed control is achieved with a meter-out circuit.
CAT air compressibility is to be avoided, use a separate
When fine speed activation is performed with operating
buffer.
direction PUSH for the single rod cylinder, the popping out
MDC2 phenomenon occurs when operation starts if the load
Rubber cushion Air cushion resistance is low. For countermeasures, use the b , c or d
Bore size
MVC Allowable absorbed energy Effective cushion Allowable absorbed energy circuit. Note that the d circuit is the most stable.
(mm)
J length (mm) J
a b
SMG
φ20 0.1 8.1 0.8
MSD/ φ25 0.2 8.1 1.2
MSDG
φ32 0.5 8.6 2.5
FC* φ40 0.9 8.6 3.7 PUSH: Meter-out PUSH: Meter-in
PULL: Meter-out PULL: Meter-in
φ50 1.6 13.4 8.0
STK φ63 1.6 13.4 14.4 c d
φ80 3.3 15.4 25.4

SRL3
φ100 5.8 15.4 45.6
SRG3
PUSH: Meter-in PUSH: Meter in/out
PULL: Meter-out PULL: Meter-out
Kinetic energy (J) =
SRM3 Speed adjustment method for PUSH operation of d circuit:
1
1. Set the speed with the speed controller x.
× Weight (kg) × {Speed (m/s)}
2
2. ‌Restrict the speed with the speed controller y
2
SRT3 until there is no popping out.
3. Check the speed again.
(*1) ‌When comparing b , c and d , the d circuit is the most
MRL2 (Note) Calculating kinetic energy stable.
L (*2) ‌For vertical mounting, combine the cylinder with a meter-out circuit, as it
Average cylinder speed is obtained with Va = T . will fall under its own weight when a meter-in circuit is used.
MRG2
Va : Average speed (m/s)
L : Cylinder stroke length (m)
SM‑25
T : Operating time (s)
ShkAbs With respect to this, the cylinder speed just before rushing into
Falls under its own weight
the cushion can be obtained with the following simple formula. OK when lowering
FJ L
Vm= T ×(1+1.5× 100 )
ω
(*3) ‌Use the circuit shown in the figure below for the
Vm : Stroke end speed (m/s) serial connection of the speed controllers.
FK ω : Cylinder load factor (%)
Spd Use this Vm value as speed to calculate kinetic energy.
Contr
Ending OK Speed control is

unstable
330
SCM Series
Product-specific cautions
Design/selection SCP*3
(Guidelines for pop-out generation) ■ Assemble the speed controller near the cylinder.
Popping out occurs in the following cases. CMK2
When installed at a distant place from the cylinder, the
· Thrust > Resistance adjustment becomes unstable.
{
* ‌Resistance: Thrust caused by residual pressure When using horizontally: frictional CMA2
on the exhaust side (in the fine speed, suction + force caused by load ■ In general, the speed is stabler at higher air
pressure = residual pressure) When using vertically: load self-weight
pressure and lower load factor. SCM
■ Do not apply a lateral load to the cylinder. Use at a 50% or less load factor.
SCG
With a lateral load, operation will become unstable.
■ Avoid using this product where vibration is present. 4. Position locking SCM-Q SCA2
The product will be adversely affected by vibration and operation will become unstable.
WARNING SCS2
3. Low friction SCM-U ■ If pressure is supplied to port ○ A when both ports are
CKV2
not pressurized and the piston is locked, the lock may
WARNING not be released or the piston rod may suddenly pop out CAV2/
just after the lock is released. This can be extremely COVP/N2
■ Durability differs based on working conditions and model characteristics.
This cylinder is a cylinder that has internal leakage. hazardous. To release the locking mechanism, be sure SSD2
Refer to specifications (page 286) for amount of leakage. to supply pressure to port ○ B . Check that a load is not
applied to the locking mechanism upon release. SSG
CAUTION
Port A W
■ Mount a speed controller on the cylinder. SSD
Mount the speed controller on the cylinder. Port A
Use each cylinder within the applicable working piston speed range. CAT
Port B
However, when using the cylinder for a balancer, etc., it may Side where the lock mechanism is not provided.
be advisable not to mount a speed controller in order to W MDC2
Port B
improve the supply and exhaust efficiency. Side where the lock mechanism is not provided.
Depending on applications, circuits a to c below are recommended. MVC
■ For usage where the drop rate is increased using
●
a Tension control (winding machine, etc.) ●
b Balancer (processing machine Z-axis, etc.)
the quick exhaust valve, the lock may not release SMG
normally because the cylinder body starts operating
MSD/
before the lock pin. For the position locking cylinder, MSDG
do not use the quick exhaust valve.
FC*
■ Do not use 3-position valves.
Do not use the cylinder by combining with the 3-position STK
Proportional control valve High pressure relief regulator (especially, closed center metal seal) valves. If the port at
●
c Load control (grinding, etc.) the side where the lock mechanism is provided is SRL3
Proportional control valve pressurized, the lock cannot be engaged. Even if it is locked
once, the air leaked from the valve enters the cylinder, and SRG3
the lock may be released after a certain period of time.
SRM3
CAUTION
■ Cylinder load factor must be 50% or less. SRT3
High pressure relief regulator (for canceling jig’s own weight)
If the load factor is high, the lock may not be released, or the
lock section may be damaged. MRL2
* To improve the supply and exhaust efficiency, make the volume of piping as large as possible.
■ If
MRG2
back pressure is applied to the locking
■ Do not lubricate. The properties fluctuate. mechanism, the lock may be released. Use a single
SM‑25
valve, or an individual exhaust manifold.
■ Because poor quality air worsens the characteristics and adversely
ShkAbs
affects the durability, use clean air with the piping below. ■ Do not use multiple synchronized cylinders.
Do not use so that 1 workpiece is moved by synchronizing 2 FJ
or more position locking cylinders. Cylinder lock release may
fail. FK
Dryer Air filter Oil mist filter
(5μm) (Oil removal)
Spd
Contr
Ending
331
SCM Series
SCP*3 Mounting, installation and adjustment
CMK2 ● Shifting the band position
1. Common
Loosen the band fixing screw, shift the switch rail and band along the cylinder
CMA2 CAUTION tube, and tighten at the specified position. Tightening torque is 0.6 to 0.8 N·m.
Switch Switch rail
SCM ■ Switch rails are adhered with industrial adhesive tape. If Band
used in an atmosphere containing inorganic or organic fixing screw
SCG solvents or water vapor, rails may become loose. Band
Main inorganic solvent/organic solvent Cylinder tube

SCA2 Inorganic solvents : Sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, etc.
■ When the mounting style is the trunnion, preassemble it
Organic solvents : ‌Toluene, ethanol, hexane, gasoline,
SCS2 kerosene, etc. as shown in the figure below and tighten the bolt using
the tightening torque with reference to the table below.
CKV2 ■ Remove all oil, moisture, dust, etc., from the body Bore size Tightening torque [N·m]
CAV2/ (tube) in order to adhere the switch rail. φ20 6
COVP/N2 (Perform adhesion by referring to instructions attached to the part.) φ25 11
φ32 18
φ40 27
SSD2 ■ Caution for type with air cushion φ50 38
For φ20 and φ25, compatible fittings are limited, so see the φ63 51
SSG following table to select the fitting. Hexagon socket Trunnion axis
head cap bolt Rod cover (head cover)
SSD Descriptions Port size Applicable fittings Inapplicable fittings
Washer
SC3W-M5-4/6
CAT φ20 SC3R-M5
GWL6-M5
GWS4-M5 GWS4-M5-S Clevis bracket
M5
MDC2 GWS6-M5 GWS6-M5-S
GWL6-M5-45
φ25 GWL4-M5 GWL4-M5-45
MVC GWL4-M5-T GWL6-M5-T 2. Stroke adjustable SCM-R
SMG ■ Switch mounting: Caution for band
● When moving the switch position to the stroke length direction
CAUTION
MSD/ The 1-color display switch can be fine-tuned by ±3 mm ■ Securely lock the adjustable stroke stopper with the
MSDG from the default. Loosen the switch fixing screw, shift the
lock nut.
switch along the rail, then tighten at the specified position.
FC*
If the adjusting range exceeds ±3 mm, or when fine-
■ Observe steps (1) to (5) when adjusting the stroke.
tuning the 2-color display switch, move the band position.
STK When using T2, T3, T0, or T5, use a flathead screwdriver If adjustments are not made this way, the seal
(clockwork screwdriver, precision screwdriver, etc.) with a washer will be damaged after one or two
SRL3 grip diameter of 5 to 6 mm, a 2.4 mm or smaller tip, and a adjustments Seal washer
Adjusting bolt
thickness of 0.3 mm or less to tighten the screws with a [Adjustable stroke procedure]
SRG3 tightening torque of 0.1 to 0.2 N·m. (1) ‌First loosen the lock nut as shown in Lock nut
When using T2J, T2Y, or T3Y, tighten the screw with a Fig. 1. Fig. 1
Head cover
SRM3 tightening torque of 0.5 to 0.7 N·m.

The switch bracket rail has a marking 4 mm from the rail (2) ‌Second, remove the seal washer from
SRT3 end. Use as a guide to the mounting position when the adaptor by hand, and make a state
replacing the switch. as shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 2
MRL2 Switch rail markings are set to the default switch max.
sensitivity position. (3) ‌Turn the angle adjustment bolt, lock
The max. sensitivity position will change when the switch nut, and seal washer together in the
MRG2 (2) state as shown in Fig. 3, and adjust
is changed or when the band is shifted. Adjust the
position accordingly in this case. the stroke length. Check that the Fig. 3
SM‑25 rubber section of the seal washer

Marking does not bite into the thread part.
ShkAbs (4) ‌After adjusting the stroke, move the
● If moving the switch position in the circumferential direction, seal washer near the adaptor by hand
Fig. 4
FJ loosen the band fixing screw, shift the switch rail in the as shown in Fig. 4.
circumferential direction, then tighten at the specified position. (5) ‌Tighten securely with the lock nut as
Tightening torque is 0.6 to 0.8 N·m. shown in Fig. 5. Check that the rubber
FK
section of the seal washer does not
Fig. 5
Spd bite into the thread part.
Contr
Securely tighten the lock nut after adjusting the stroke. The
Ending lock nut could be loosened in the course of usage, and this
may result in external leakage.
332
SCM Series
Product-specific cautions
■ Because a seal washer is used for sealing the adjustment
4. Fine speed SCM-F SCP*3
bolt, the sealing cannot withstand frequent adjustment.
■ If the stroke is adjusted, the cushion cannot function at all.
CAUTION CMK2
■ Perform adjustment such as centering so that a
■2 types of 25 mm and 50 mm are available for
lateral load is not applied to the cylinder. CMA2
adjustment stroke length.
Adjust and install the sliding guide so that it is not
SCM
■ When the mounting style is the axial foot, the axial twisted.
pitch dimension is the same as the standard. ● When the load or the resistance fluctuates, operation
becomes unstable. SCG
3. Position locking SCM-Q ● With a large difference between static friction and kinematic
friction of the guide, operation becomes unstable. SCA2
CAUTION
SCS2
■ For the axial foot (mounting style: LB), when trying to fix the 5. Low friction cylinder SCM-U
cylinder to a support, etc., with the state that the mounting CKV2
CAUTION
bracket is attached to the cylinder, the cylinder cannot be fixed
because the bolt and the stopper cover will interfere with each ■ Do not apply a lateral load to the cylinder. Install the CAV2/
COVP/N2
other. Fix the mounting bracket at the position locking side to sliding guide so that it is not twisted.
the support, etc., first, and then mount the cylinder. ● When the load or the resistance fluctuates, operation SSD2
becomes unstable.
■ The lock mechanism functions at the stroke end, so that if ● For the long stroke length, the piston rod's self-weight causes SSG
the stopper is engaged during the stroke by the external the speed to become unstable. Install the guide before use.
stopper, the lock mechanism may not work and the piston ● With a large difference between static friction and kinematic
SSD
friction of the guide, operation becomes unstable.
could fall. When setting a load, make sure to check that
the lock mechanism functions before installing the product. CAT
■ Avoid using this product where vibration is present.
■ Supply pressure equal to or higher than the min. working ● The product will be adversely affected by vibration and
MDC2
operation will be unstable.
pressure to the port on the lock mechanism side.
■ When ■ Avoid using in environments with water vapor or MVC
the piping at the side where the lock mechanism
is provided is long and thin, or when the speed controller high humidity or in alkaline atmospheres.
SMG
is far away from the cylinder port, note that it takes time
to engage the lock. Clogging in the silencer mounted on MSD/
6. Rotation-stop SCM-M MSDG
the EXH port of the valve may cause the same result.
■ Manual operation unlocking method
CAUTION FC*
By screwing the bolt (φ20 to 32: M3X30 and over, ■ Do not use the product so as to apply rotation STK
φ40 to 100: M4X35 and over) into the stopper piston torque to the piston rod.
and pulling the bolt 2 mm (φ20 to 32) or 4 mm (φ40 The bushing for the rotation lock may deform and SRL3
to 100) with force of 20 N or more, the stopper piston significantly shorten the service life.
When inevitable, use within the allowable torque range.
is moved and the lock is released. SRG3
When released, the stopper piston is returned to the Allowable torque φ20 φ25 φ32 φ40 φ50 φ63
original position by the built-in spring and engaged in the N·m 0.2 0.25 0.25 0.45 0.45 0.45
SRM3
sleeve groove, and the cylinder is locked.
■ Do not apply rotation torque with impact, or with SRT3
Unlocked
instantaneous changes in torque load direction.
Release bolt MRL2
φ20 to 32 :2 mm φ20 to 32: M3X30 or larger ■ When fixing a workpiece onto the tip of the piston
φ40 to 100:4 mm φ40 to 100: M4X35 or larger
rod, retract the piston rod to the stroke end and MRG2
apply a wrench to the protruding tang. Tighten so
that torque is not applied to the cylinder body. SM‑25
Stopper piston Spring
ShkAbs
Sleeve
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
333
SCM Series
SCP*3 Use/maintenance
CMK2 CAUTION
1. Common
■ After the lock mechanism is manually operated,
CMA2 CAUTION make sure to return the lock mechanism to the
original state before use. Do not perform manual
SCM ■ When disassembling the cylinder, grip the tang portion of operation except for adjustment, as it is dangerous.
either of the head cover or the rod cover with a vice, etc.,
SCG ■ When mounting or adjusting the cylinder, release the lock.
apply a wrench or an adjustable wrench to the tang portion
If mounting work, etc., is done while the lock is engaged, the
of the other cover and loosen it to remove the cover. lock part may be damaged.
SCA2 When tightening it again, retighten from the position set before disassembly.
■ Use the speed controller with meter-out.
SCS2 ■A larger torque is required for disassembling and If the meter-in control is used, the lock may not be able to be
assembling the φ80 and φ100 cylinders. released.
CKV2 Contact your nearest CKD sales office for details, which are
described in the instructions for assembling and disassembling. ■ Atthe side where the lock mechanism is attached,
CAV2/ be sure to use the cylinder from the stroke end.
COVP/N2
If the cylinder piston does not reach the stroke end, the lock
2. Single acting SCM-X/Y may not be engaged or the lock may not be able to be released.
SSD2
CAUTION
SSG 4. Fine speed SCM-F
■ Do not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized. If it is
SSD left pressurized for long periods, the piston rod may not WARNING
return due to spring load when the pressure is released. ■ Smoking with hands smeared with the fluorine
CAT grease used could generate harmful gases and
3. Position locking SCM-Q cause physical harm.
MDC2
WARNING 5. Low friction SCM-U
MVC
■ Forsafety purposes, prevent the load from falling
CAUTION
SMG under its own weight during maintenance.
■ Do not disassemble the product. Once
MSD/ ■
In the case of the cylinder with air cushion, if the air cushion disassembled, the performance may not be retained.
MSDG
needle at the lock mechanism side is tightened excessively, For this product, just the repair parts are not
the piston bounds at the stroke end and the sleeve and available.
FC*
stopper piston collide strongly, which may result in damage
STK to the locking mechanism. Also, if the air cushion needle is
opened too much, the piston bounces off at the stroke end,
which may similarly damage the mechanism. Adjust the
SRL3
needle of the air cushion so that there is no bound.
Stopper piston
SRG3
Contact of holding section
SRM3 Bound phenomenon
SRT3
Sleeve
MRL2
When stopping the piston with an external buffer
MRG2 device (shock absorber, etc.), adjust it similarly so
that there is no bound.
Inspect the piston once or twice a year to make
SM‑25
sure there is no damage to the retainer caused by
this phenomenon.
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
334

Standard SCM Series Cylinders Overview

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Standard SCM Series Cylinders Overview

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Standard

Slim body SSG

Custom stroke length (per mm)

Max. stroke length (mm)

MDC2 Double acting/stroke SCM-R φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●

SRL3 SCM-O φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1000 ●

SRM3 SCM-U φ20/φ25/φ32 1000 ●

MRL2 SCM-D φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 ●

SM‑25 Double acting/ SCM-B φ20/φ25/φ32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 500 ●

●: Standard, ◎: Option, ○: Custom order, : Not available CMK2

Switch rail attached at shipment

Piston rod material change

Copper and PTFE free

SCM Category Variation Port thread Option

Piston rod material stainless steel

Clean-room specifications (exhaust port)

Switch rail attached at shipment

Silicone rubber with bellows

Specify piston rod end form

Double acting double rod

Heat resistance (120°C)

Neoprene with bellows

Copper and PTFE free

Double acting basic

With air cushion

Stroke adjustable push P ×○×△××× ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎

FC* NPT N ○○○○○○○○○

Specify piston rod end form N* ○ ○ ○ ○

MRG2 Rod eye I ◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎◎ ○○ ◎◎◎◎○◎××◎

SCM P M LB 40 B 50 T2H D CMK2

Model No. CMA2

Switch model No.

Material of mounting bracket ShkAbs

SRG3 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber

● φ50 to φ100 CAV2/

X + ℓ + stroke length Air cushion

SMG XF+ℓ Hexagon B 2 MO

MSD/ With bellows φ20/φ25

[With air cushion] · Switch mounting: Band SSD

SSG In the case of

MSD/ [With bellows φ80/φ100]

SCM A WF LL + stroke length FT N

SSD2 [With bellows]

CKV2 [With bellows]

FC* Code Eye bracket (CA) basic dimensions

SCM CA + ℓ + stroke length 40 31 108 + stroke length CF CY

MVC In the case of T2W, T3W

· Switch mounting: Band

CK + ℓ + stroke length 40 31 LL + stroke length CF CY SCM

In the case of T2W, T3W MVC

TF + ℓ Hexagon B TF TG + stroke length

CAV2/ [With bellows]

SSD2 · Switch mounting: Band HD

In the case of T2W, T3W

In the case of T2W, T3W

CKV2 TJ + stroke length TK

Note: A pin and a snap ring are attached.

● No.2 bracket CAT

STK Number of installed switches and min. stroke length (mm)

φ20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

MRL2 ● Switch mounting: Band

Cylinder weight MDC2

SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40 SSD

CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 120 (248°F)

CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)

*1:Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm. If exceeding 300

*1: Indicate X if the stroke length exceeds 300 mm.